diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'intl')
58 files changed, 17025 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd4940c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +2006-07-21 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * Version 0.15 released. + diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1d5fbd --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,552 @@ +# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext +# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +top_builddir = .. + +# The VPATH variables allows builds with $builddir != $srcdir, assuming a +# 'make' program that supports VPATH (such as GNU make). This line is removed +# by autoconf automatically when "$(srcdir)" = ".". +# In this directory, the VPATH handling is particular: +# 1. If INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX is 'l' (indicating a build with libtool), +# the .c -> .lo rules carefully use $(srcdir), so that VPATH can be omitted. +# 2. If PACKAGE = gettext-tools, VPATH _must_ be omitted, because otherwise +# 'make' does the wrong thing if GNU gettext was configured with +# "./configure --srcdir=`pwd`", namely it gets confused by the .lo and .la +# files it finds in srcdir = ../../gettext-runtime/intl. +VPATH = $(srcdir) + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +transform = @program_transform_name@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = $(datadir)/locale +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl +aliaspath = $(localedir) +subdir = intl + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +mkinstalldirs = @install_sh@ -d +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ + +l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ + +AR = ar +CC = @CC@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d +YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext + +# -DBUILDING_LIBINTL: Change expansion of LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED macro. +# -DBUILDING_DLL: Change expansion of RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED macro. +DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ +-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL -DIN_LIBINTL \ +-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \ +-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \ +-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \ +-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LDFLAGS_@WOE32DLL@) +LDFLAGS_yes = -Wl,--export-all-symbols +LDFLAGS_no = +LIBS = @LIBS@ + +COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) + +HEADERS = \ + gmo.h \ + gettextP.h \ + hash-string.h \ + loadinfo.h \ + plural-exp.h \ + eval-plural.h \ + localcharset.h \ + lock.h \ + relocatable.h \ + xsize.h \ + printf-args.h printf-args.c \ + printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \ + vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \ + os2compat.h \ + libgnuintl.h.in +SOURCES = \ + bindtextdom.c \ + dcgettext.c \ + dgettext.c \ + gettext.c \ + finddomain.c \ + hash-string.c \ + loadmsgcat.c \ + localealias.c \ + textdomain.c \ + l10nflist.c \ + explodename.c \ + dcigettext.c \ + dcngettext.c \ + dngettext.c \ + ngettext.c \ + plural.y \ + plural-exp.c \ + localcharset.c \ + lock.c \ + relocatable.c \ + langprefs.c \ + localename.c \ + log.c \ + printf.c \ + version.c \ + osdep.c \ + os2compat.c \ + intl-exports.c \ + intl-compat.c +OBJECTS = \ + bindtextdom.$lo \ + dcgettext.$lo \ + dgettext.$lo \ + gettext.$lo \ + finddomain.$lo \ + hash-string.$lo \ + loadmsgcat.$lo \ + localealias.$lo \ + textdomain.$lo \ + l10nflist.$lo \ + explodename.$lo \ + dcigettext.$lo \ + dcngettext.$lo \ + dngettext.$lo \ + ngettext.$lo \ + plural.$lo \ + plural-exp.$lo \ + localcharset.$lo \ + lock.$lo \ + relocatable.$lo \ + langprefs.$lo \ + localename.$lo \ + log.$lo \ + printf.$lo \ + version.$lo \ + osdep.$lo \ + intl-compat.$lo +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ +config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin export.h \ +$(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) +DISTFILES.generated = plural.c +DISTFILES.normal = VERSION +DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \ +libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms \ +libgnuintl.h.msvc-static libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc +DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ +COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h + +all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed +all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la +all-no-no: + +libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) + rm -f $@ + $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) + $(RANLIB) $@ + +libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ + $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ + $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ $(LIBS) @LTLIBTHREAD@ -lc \ + -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ + -rpath $(libdir) \ + -no-undefined + +# Libtool's library version information for libintl. +# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this +# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". +# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* +# change these values. +LTV_CURRENT=8 +LTV_REVISION=0 +LTV_AGE=0 + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed + +.c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< + +.y.c: + $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< + rm -f $*.h + +bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c +dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c +dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c +gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c +finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c +hash-string.lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/hash-string.c +loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c +localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c +textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c +l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c +explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c +dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c +dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c +dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c +ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c +plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c +plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c +localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c +lock.lo: $(srcdir)/lock.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/lock.c +relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c +langprefs.lo: $(srcdir)/langprefs.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/langprefs.c +localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c +log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c +printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c +version.lo: $(srcdir)/version.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/version.c +osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c +intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + +ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed + mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed +ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed + mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed + +INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. + +libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in + sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \ + < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in \ + | if test '@WOE32DLL@' = yes; then \ + sed -e 's/extern \([^()]*\);/extern __declspec (dllimport) \1;/'; \ + else \ + cat; \ + fi \ + | sed -e 's/extern \([^"]\)/extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED \1/' \ + -e "/#define _LIBINTL_H/r $(srcdir)/export.h" \ + | sed -e 's,@''HAVE_VISIBILITY''@,@HAVE_VISIBILITY@,g' \ + > libgnuintl.h + +libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in + sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \ + < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libintl.h + +charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + +check: all + +# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a +# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a +# separate library. +# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the +# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: all + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ + dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ + if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \ + && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ + orig=charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data: all + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ + dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +install-strip: install + +installdirs: + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \ + && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \ + && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +info dvi ps pdf html: + +$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h +bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h +hash-string.$lo dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h +explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h +dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h +dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h +localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h +bindtextdom.$lo dcigettext.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo lock.$lo log.$lo: $(srcdir)/lock.h +localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h +printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c + +# A bison-2.1 generated plural.c includes <libintl.h> if ENABLE_NLS. +PLURAL_DEPS_yes = libintl.h +PLURAL_DEPS_no = +plural.$lo: $(PLURAL_DEPS_@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@) + +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +ctags: CTAGS + +CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +id: ID + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + + +mostlyclean: + rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* + rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed + rm -f -r .libs _libs + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile ID TAGS + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + + +# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some +# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. +distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: Makefile + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + : ; \ + else \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ + else \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ + fi; \ + $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ + for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir) || test $$file = Makefile.in || exit 1; \ + done; \ + fi + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status +# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57, +# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used. +# cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb7452c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/VERSION @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +GNU gettext library from gettext-0.15 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1b1f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#ifdef _LIBC +libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ +extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif + +/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP + to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. + If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not + modified, only the current value is returned. + If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither + modified nor returned. */ +static void +set_binding_values (const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp) +{ + struct binding *binding; + int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') + { + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + return; + } + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding != NULL) + { + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->dirname; + if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + else + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + } + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (binding->dirname); + + binding->dirname = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *dirnamep = result; + } + } + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *codesetp = binding->codeset; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->codeset; + if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->codeset != NULL) + free (binding->codeset); + + binding->codeset = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *codesetp = result; + } + } + } + else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) + && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) + { + /* Simply return the default values. */ + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = + (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) + goto failed; + + memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); + + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The default value. */ + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + char *result; +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + dirname = result; + } + } + *dirnamep = dirname; + new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; + } + else + /* The default value. */ + new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset != NULL) + { + char *result; + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + codeset = result; + } + *codesetp = codeset; + new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } + else + new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) + { + new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; + } + else + { + binding = _nl_domain_bindings; + while (binding->next != NULL + && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) + binding = binding->next; + + new_binding->next = binding->next; + binding->next = new_binding; + } + + modified = 1; + + /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ + if (0) + { + failed_codeset: + if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (new_binding->dirname); + failed_dirname: + free (new_binding); + failed: + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + } + + /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ + if (modified) + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +} + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +char * +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); + return (char *) dirname; +} + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +char * +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); + return (char *) codeset; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); +weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e8c258b --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/config.charset @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. +# +# The table consists of lines of the form +# ALIAS CANONICAL +# +# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". +# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. +# +# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. +# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is +# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case +# MIME charset name is preferred. +# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. +# +# name MIME? used by which systems +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris +# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris +# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin +# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-14 glibc +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd darwin +# KOI8-T glibc +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd netbsd darwin dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 woe32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix woe32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf woe32 dos +# CP950 woe32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1125 dos +# CP1129 aix +# CP1250 woe32 +# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32 +# CP1252 aix woe32 +# CP1253 woe32 +# CP1254 woe32 +# CP1255 glibc woe32 +# CP1256 woe32 +# CP1257 woe32 +# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd +# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris +# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos +# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd +# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# VISCII Y glibc +# TCVN5712-1 glibc +# GEORGIAN-PS glibc +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin +# +# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in +# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). +# +# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications +# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM + +host="$1" +os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," +echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." +echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." +# List of references, updated during installation: +echo "# Packages using this file: " +case "$os" in + linux-gnulibc1*) + # Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "POSIX ASCII" + for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \ + en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \ + en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \ + es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \ + et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \ + fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \ + it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \ + sv_FI sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.cp-437 CP437" + echo "$l.cp-850 CP850" + echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252" + echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252" + #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \ + sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.cp-852 CP852" + echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "$l.cp-866 CP866" + echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in ar ar_SA; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.cp-864 CP864" + #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.cp-869 CP869" + echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253" + echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.cp-862 CP862" + echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in tr tr_TR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.cp-857 CP857" + echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do + #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l ISO-8859-13" + done + for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do + echo "$l KOI8-U" + done + for l in zh zh_CN; do + #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l GB2312" + done + for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do + echo "$l EUC-JP" + done + for l in ko ko_KR; do + echo "$l EUC-KR" + done + for l in th th_TH; do + echo "$l TIS-620" + done + for l in fa fa_IR; do + #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + ;; + linux* | *-gnu*) + # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, + # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all + # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not + # need to install the alias file at all. + # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. + echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" + ;; + aix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "IBM-850 CP850" + echo "IBM-856 CP856" + echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" + echo "IBM-922 CP922" + echo "IBM-932 CP932" + echo "IBM-943 CP943" + echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" + echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" + echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" + echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" + echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" + echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + hpux*) + echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" + echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" + echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" + echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" + echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" + echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" + echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" + echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" + echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" + echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" + echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" + echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" + echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" + echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" + echo "tis620 TIS-620" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "hp15CN GB2312" + #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "utf8 UTF-8" + ;; + irix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + ;; + osf*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "cp850 CP850" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" + echo "dechanzi GB2312" + echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" + echo "deckorean EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "KSC5601 CP949" + echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TACTIS TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + solaris*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" + echo "gb2312 GB2312" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "GB18030 GB18030" + echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" + echo "5601 EUC-KR" + echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" + #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + freebsd* | os2*) + # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just + # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "US-ASCII ASCII" + for l in la_LN lt_LN; do + echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ + lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + netbsd*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + ;; + darwin[56]*) + # Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do + echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \ + nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in la_LN; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + for l in bg_BG; do + echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + darwin*) + # Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless: + # - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the + # form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8 + # LC_CTYPE file. + # - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by + # the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case. + # - The documentation says: + # "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure + # that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8 + # encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string + # parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else." + # It also says + # "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files, + # paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical + # UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable + # characters are decomposed ..." + # but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings + # to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert + # them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system. + # - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default. + # - However, other applications are free to use different encodings: + # - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default. + # - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default. + # We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should + # minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the + # Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user + # space nevertheless. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + beos*) + # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + msdosdjgpp*) + # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "#" + echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." + echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" + echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" + echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" + echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>" + echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>." + echo "#" + echo "C ASCII" + # ISO-8859-1 languages + echo "ca CP850" + echo "ca_ES CP850" + echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "de CP850" + echo "de_AT CP850" + echo "de_CH CP850" + echo "de_DE CP850" + echo "en CP850" + echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "en_CA CP850" + echo "en_GB CP850" + echo "en_NZ CP437" + echo "en_US CP437" + echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "es CP850" + echo "es_AR CP850" + echo "es_BO CP850" + echo "es_CL CP850" + echo "es_CO CP850" + echo "es_CR CP850" + echo "es_CU CP850" + echo "es_DO CP850" + echo "es_EC CP850" + echo "es_ES CP850" + echo "es_GT CP850" + echo "es_HN CP850" + echo "es_MX CP850" + echo "es_NI CP850" + echo "es_PA CP850" + echo "es_PY CP850" + echo "es_PE CP850" + echo "es_SV CP850" + echo "es_UY CP850" + echo "es_VE CP850" + echo "et CP850" + echo "et_EE CP850" + echo "eu CP850" + echo "eu_ES CP850" + echo "fi CP850" + echo "fi_FI CP850" + echo "fr CP850" + echo "fr_BE CP850" + echo "fr_CA CP850" + echo "fr_CH CP850" + echo "fr_FR CP850" + echo "ga CP850" + echo "ga_IE CP850" + echo "gd CP850" + echo "gd_GB CP850" + echo "gl CP850" + echo "gl_ES CP850" + echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "it CP850" + echo "it_CH CP850" + echo "it_IT CP850" + echo "lt CP775" + echo "lt_LT CP775" + echo "lv CP775" + echo "lv_LV CP775" + echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nl CP850" + echo "nl_BE CP850" + echo "nl_NL CP850" + echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "pt CP850" + echo "pt_BR CP850" + echo "pt_PT CP850" + echo "sv CP850" + echo "sv_SE CP850" + # ISO-8859-2 languages + echo "cs CP852" + echo "cs_CZ CP852" + echo "hr CP852" + echo "hr_HR CP852" + echo "hu CP852" + echo "hu_HU CP852" + echo "pl CP852" + echo "pl_PL CP852" + echo "ro CP852" + echo "ro_RO CP852" + echo "sk CP852" + echo "sk_SK CP852" + echo "sl CP852" + echo "sl_SI CP852" + echo "sq CP852" + echo "sq_AL CP852" + echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + # ISO-8859-3 languages + echo "mt CP850" + echo "mt_MT CP850" + # ISO-8859-5 languages + echo "be CP866" + echo "be_BE CP866" + echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "ru CP866" + echo "ru_RU CP866" + echo "uk CP1125" + echo "uk_UA CP1125" + # ISO-8859-6 languages + echo "ar CP864" + echo "ar_AE CP864" + echo "ar_DZ CP864" + echo "ar_EG CP864" + echo "ar_IQ CP864" + echo "ar_IR CP864" + echo "ar_JO CP864" + echo "ar_KW CP864" + echo "ar_MA CP864" + echo "ar_OM CP864" + echo "ar_QA CP864" + echo "ar_SA CP864" + echo "ar_SY CP864" + # ISO-8859-7 languages + echo "el CP869" + echo "el_GR CP869" + # ISO-8859-8 languages + echo "he CP862" + echo "he_IL CP862" + # ISO-8859-9 languages + echo "tr CP857" + echo "tr_TR CP857" + # Japanese + echo "ja CP932" + echo "ja_JP CP932" + # Chinese + echo "zh_CN GBK" + echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? + # Korean + echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? + echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? + # Thai + echo "th CP874" + echo "th_TH CP874" + # Other + echo "eo CP850" + echo "eo_EO CP850" + ;; +esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2a63f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +INTDEF(__dcgettext) +weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5839768 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@ +/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* NL_LOCALE_NAME does not work in glibc-2.4. Ignore it. */ +#undef HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. + Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ +# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ + || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 +# else +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 +# endif +#endif +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE +# include <signal.h> +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME +# include <langinfo.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# include <libintl.h> +# endif +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "hash-string.h" + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Alignment of types. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) +#else +# define alignof(TYPE) \ + ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define getcwd __getcwd +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy __stpcpy +# endif +# define tfind __tfind +#else +# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +char *getwd (); +# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +# else +# if VMS +# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0) +# else +char *getcwd (); +# endif +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n); +# endif +#endif + +/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +#define PATH_INCR 32 + +/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define + PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is + later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) +# include <limits.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +#endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +#endif + +/* Whether to support different locales in different threads. */ +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME || (HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS) || defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +# define HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE +#endif + +/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations + are stored. */ +struct known_translation_t +{ + /* Domain in which to search. */ + const char *domainname; + + /* The category. */ + int category; + +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + /* Name of the relevant locale category, or "" for the global locale. */ + const char *localename; +#endif + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* The character encoding. */ + const char *encoding; +#endif + + /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ + int counter; + + /* Catalog where the string was found. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + + /* And finally the translation. */ + const char *translation; + size_t translation_length; + + /* Pointer to the string in question. */ + char msgid[ZERO]; +}; + +/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this + only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC +# include <search.h> + +gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, tree_lock) + +static void *root; + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define tsearch __tsearch +# endif + +/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ +static int +transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) +{ + const struct known_translation_t *s1; + const struct known_translation_t *s2; + int result; + + s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; + s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; + + result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); + if (result == 0) + { + result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); + if (result == 0) + { +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + result = strcmp (s1->localename, s2->localename); + if (result == 0) +#endif + { +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + result = strcmp (s1->encoding, s2->encoding); + if (result == 0) +#endif + /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest + operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely + LC_MESSAGES). */ + result = s1->category - s2->category; + } + } + } + + return result; +} +#endif + +/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to + textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden + = _nl_default_default_domain; +#endif + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +#if defined __EMX__ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) +# endif +const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; +# ifdef _LIBC +libc_hidden_data_def (_nl_default_dirname) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() + calls. */ +struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; +#endif + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) + internal_function; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname, + const char *localename) + internal_function; +#else +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname) + internal_function; +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# define category_to_name(category) \ + _nl_category_names.str + _nl_category_name_idxs[category] +#else +static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function; +#endif +#if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +static const char *get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) + internal_function; +#endif + + +/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +/* Nothing has to be done. */ +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +#else +struct block_list +{ + void *address; + struct block_list *next; +}; +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ + do { \ + struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ + /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ + the list. */ \ + if (newp != NULL) { \ + newp->address = (addr); \ + newp->next = (list); \ + (list) = newp; \ + } \ + } while (0) +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ + do { \ + while (list != NULL) { \ + struct block_list *old = list; \ + list = list->next; \ + free (old->address); \ + free (old); \ + } \ + } while (0) +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif /* have alloca */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ +typedef struct transmem_list +{ + struct transmem_list *next; + char data[ZERO]; +} transmem_block_t; +static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; +#else +typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; +#endif + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides + easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure +# define DETERMINE_SECURE +#else +# ifndef HAVE_GETUID +# define getuid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETGID +# define getgid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID +# define geteuid() getuid() +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID +# define getegid() getgid() +# endif +static int enable_secure; +# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) +# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ + if (enable_secure == 0) \ + { \ + if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ + enable_secure = 1; \ + else \ + enable_secure = -1; \ + } +#endif + +/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ +#include "eval-plural.h" + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string + depending on the plural form determined by N. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +char * +gl_dcigettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, + int category, + const char *localename, const char *encoding) +#else +char * +DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, int category) +#endif +{ +#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA + struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +#endif + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + struct binding *binding; + const char *categoryname; + const char *categoryvalue; + const char *dirname; + char *xdomainname; + char *single_locale; + char *retval; + size_t retlen; + int saved_errno; +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + struct known_translation_t *search; + struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; + size_t msgid_len; +# if defined HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *localename; +# endif +#endif + size_t domainname_len; + + /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ + if (msgid1 == NULL) + return NULL; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) + /* Bogus. */ + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +#endif + + gl_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); + + /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If + CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the + definition left this undefined. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT + if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) + category = LC_MESSAGES; +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; + + /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at + some time. */ + search = (struct known_translation_t *) + alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); + memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + search->domainname = domainname; + search->category = category; +# ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE +# ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# ifdef _LIBC + localename = __current_locale_name (category); +# else +# if HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME + /* NL_LOCALE_NAME is public glibc API introduced in glibc-2.4. */ + localename = nl_langinfo (NL_LOCALE_NAME (category)); +# else +# if HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS + /* The __names field is not public glibc API and must therefore not be used + in code that is installed in public locations. */ + { + locale_t thread_locale = uselocale (NULL); + if (thread_locale != LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE) + localename = thread_locale->__names[category]; + else + localename = ""; + } +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + search->localename = localename; +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + search->encoding = encoding; +# endif +# endif + + /* Since tfind/tsearch manage a balanced tree, concurrent tfind and + tsearch calls can be fatal. */ + gl_rwlock_rdlock (tree_lock); + + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); + + freea (search); + if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) + { + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, + (*foundp)->translation_length); + else + retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } +#endif + + /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ + saved_errno = errno; + + /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ + DETERMINE_SECURE; + + /* First find matching binding. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* We can use a trivial binding, since _nl_find_msg will ignore it anyway, + and _nl_load_domain and _nl_find_domain just pass it through. */ + binding = NULL; + dirname = bindtextdomain (domainname, NULL); +#else + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding == NULL) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + dirname = binding->dirname; +#endif + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (dirname)) + { + /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ + size_t dirname_len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + size_t path_max; + char *resolved_dirname; + char *ret; + + path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; + path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ + + for (;;) + { + resolved_dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, tmp_dirname); + + __set_errno (0); + ret = getcwd (resolved_dirname, path_max); + if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) + break; + + path_max += path_max / 2; + path_max += PATH_INCR; + } + + if (ret == NULL) + /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an + error but simply return the default string. */ + goto return_untranslated; + + stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (resolved_dirname, '\0'), "/"), dirname); + dirname = resolved_dirname; + } +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + } +#endif + + /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ + categoryname = category_to_name (category); +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname, localename); +#else + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); +#endif + + domainname_len = strlen (domainname); + xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + + domainname_len + 5); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); + + stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), + domainname, domainname_len), + ".mo"); + + /* Creating working area. */ + single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); + + + /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps + got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ + while (1) + { + /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') + ++categoryvalue; + if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') + { + /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but + no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation + by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation + will take place. */ + single_locale[0] = 'C'; + single_locale[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *cp = single_locale; + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') + *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files + outside the dedicated directories. */ + if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) + /* Ingore this entry. */ + continue; + } + + /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a + domain. Return the MSGID. */ + if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 + || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) + break; + + /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the + DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ + domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); + + if (domain != NULL) + { +#if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, encoding, msgid1, &retlen); +#else + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, 1, &retlen); +#endif + + if (retval == NULL) + { + int cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { +#if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + encoding, msgid1, &retlen); +#else + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + msgid1, 1, &retlen); +#endif + + if (retval != NULL) + { + domain = domain->successor[cnt]; + break; + } + } + } + + /* Returning -1 means that some resource problem exists + (likely memory) and that the strings could not be + converted. Return the original strings. */ + if (__builtin_expect (retval == (char *) -1, 0)) + break; + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: + starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + if (foundp == NULL) + { + /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ + size_t size; + struct known_translation_t *newp; + + size = offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1; +# ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + size += strlen (localename) + 1; +# endif + newp = (struct known_translation_t *) malloc (size); + if (newp != NULL) + { + char *new_domainname; +# ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + char *new_localename; +# endif + + new_domainname = mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + memcpy (new_domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); +# ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + new_localename = new_domainname + domainname_len + 1; + strcpy (new_localename, localename); +# endif + newp->domainname = new_domainname; + newp->category = category; +# ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + newp->localename = new_localename; +# endif +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + newp->encoding = encoding; +# endif + newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + newp->domain = domain; + newp->translation = retval; + newp->translation_length = retlen; + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (tree_lock); + + /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) + tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); + + if (foundp == NULL + || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) + /* The insert failed. */ + free (newp); + } + } + else + { + /* We can update the existing entry. */ + (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + (*foundp)->domain = domain; + (*foundp)->translation = retval; + (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } + } + } + + return_untranslated: + /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!ENABLE_SECURE) + { + extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, + const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural); + const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); + + if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') + _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +} + + +/* Look up the translation of msgid within DOMAIN_FILE and DOMAINBINDING. + Return it if found. Return NULL if not found or in case of a conversion + failure (problem in the particular message catalog). Return (char *) -1 + in case of a memory allocation failure during conversion (only if + ENCODING != NULL resp. CONVERT == true). */ +char * +internal_function +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, + const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) +#else +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, + const char *msgid, int convert, + size_t *lengthp) +#endif +{ + struct loaded_domain *domain; + nls_uint32 nstrings; + size_t act; + char *result; + size_t resultlen; + + if (domain_file->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); + + if (domain_file->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + + nstrings = domain->nstrings; + + /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ + if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) + { + /* Use the hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); + nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + while (1) + { + nls_uint32 nstr = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); + + if (nstr == 0) + /* Hash table entry is empty. */ + return NULL; + + nstr--; + + /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. + We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries + are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ + if (nstr < nstrings + ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) + == 0) + : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) + == 0)) + { + act = nstr; + goto found; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + { + /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of + messages. */ + size_t top, bottom; + + bottom = 0; + top = nstrings; + while (bottom < top) + { + int cmp_val; + + act = (bottom + top) / 2; + cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); + if (cmp_val < 0) + top = act; + else if (cmp_val > 0) + bottom = act + 1; + else + goto found; + } + /* No translation was found. */ + return NULL; + } + + found: + /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the + string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ + if (act < nstrings) + { + result = (char *) + (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); + resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; + } + else + { + result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; + resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; + } + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + if (encoding != NULL) +# else + if (convert) +# endif + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. */ +# ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *encoding = get_output_charset (domainbinding); +# endif + + /* Search whether a table with converted translations for this + encoding has already been allocated. */ + size_t nconversions = domain->nconversions; + struct converted_domain *convd = NULL; + size_t i; + + for (i = nconversions; i > 0; ) + { + i--; + if (strcmp (domain->conversions[i].encoding, encoding) == 0) + { + convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + break; + } + } + + if (convd == NULL) + { + /* Allocate a table for the converted translations for this + encoding. */ + struct converted_domain *new_conversions = + (struct converted_domain *) + (domain->conversions != NULL + ? realloc (domain->conversions, + (nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain)) + : malloc ((nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain))); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_conversions == NULL, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + return (char *) -1; + + domain->conversions = new_conversions; + + /* Copy the 'encoding' string to permanent storage. */ + encoding = strdup (encoding); + if (__builtin_expect (encoding == NULL, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + return (char *) -1; + + convd = &new_conversions[nconversions]; + convd->encoding = encoding; + + /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. + This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this + entry does not exist or if this does not contain the 'charset=' + information, we will assume the charset matches the one the + current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + convd->conv = (iconv_t) -1; +# endif +# endif + { + char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + /* Get the header entry. This is a recursion, but it doesn't + reallocate domain->conversions because we pass + encoding = NULL or convert = 0, respectively. */ + nullentry = +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", + &nullentrylen); +# else + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); +# endif + + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *charsetstr; + + charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); + if (charsetstr != NULL) + { + size_t len; + char *charset; + const char *outcharset; + + charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); + len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); + + charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); +# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY + *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; +# else + memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); + charset[len] = '\0'; +# endif + + outcharset = encoding; + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* We always want to use transliteration. */ + outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); + charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, ""); + int r = __gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &convd->conv, + GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV); + if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_OK, 0)) + { + /* If the output encoding is the same there is + nothing to do. Otherwise do not use the + translation at all. */ + if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_NOCONV, 1)) + return NULL; + + convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; + } +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, + we want to use transliteration. */ +# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ + || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) + { + char *tmp; + + len = strlen (outcharset); + tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); + memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); + memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); + outcharset = tmp; + + convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); + + freea (outcharset); + } + else +# endif + convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); +# endif +# endif + + freea (charset); + } + } + } + convd->conv_tab = NULL; + /* Here domain->conversions is still == new_conversions. */ + domain->nconversions++; + } + + if ( +# ifdef _LIBC + convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + convd->conv != (iconv_t) -1 +# endif +# endif + ) + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an + appropriate table with the same structure as the table + of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers + to the converted strings in. + There is a slight complication with plural entries. They + are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We + handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including + NULs. */ + + if (convd->conv_tab == NULL + && ((convd->conv_tab = + (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, + sizeof (char *))) + == NULL)) + /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ + convd->conv_tab = (char **) -1; + + if (__builtin_expect (convd->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + return (char *) -1; + + if (convd->conv_tab[act] == NULL) + { + /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not + translated yet. Do this now. */ + /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. + We allocate always larger blocks which get used over + time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ + __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) +# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 + static unsigned char *freemem; + static size_t freemem_size; + + const unsigned char *inbuf; + unsigned char *outbuf; + int malloc_count; +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; +# endif + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + + malloc_count = 0; + while (1) + { + transmem_block_t *newmem; +# ifdef _LIBC + size_t non_reversible; + int res; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + res = __gconv (convd->conv, + &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, + &outbuf, + outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), + &non_reversible); + + if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) + break; + + if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) + { + /* We should not use the translation at all, it + is incorrectly encoded. */ + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return NULL; + } + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; + size_t inleft = resultlen; + char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; + size_t outleft; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); + if (iconv (convd->conv, + (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, + &outptr, &outleft) + != (size_t) (-1)) + { + outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; + break; + } + if (errno != E2BIG) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return NULL; + } +# endif +# endif + + resize_freemem: + /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ + if (malloc_count > 0) + { + ++malloc_count; + freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, + freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + else + { + struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; + + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +# endif + } + else + { + malloc_count = 1; + freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); + } + if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) + { + freemem = NULL; + freemem_size = 0; + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return (char *) -1; + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free + at some point. */ + newmem->next = transmem_list; + transmem_list = newmem; + + freemem = (unsigned char *) newmem->data; + freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); +# else + transmem_list = newmem; + freemem = newmem; +# endif + + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + } + + /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this + into the table of conversions. */ + *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); + convd->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; + /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ + freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; + freemem = outbuf; + freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); + freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + /* Now convd->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all + the plural variants. */ + result = convd->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); + resultlen = *(size_t *) convd->conv_tab[act]; + } + } + + /* The result string is converted. */ + +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + + *lengthp = resultlen; + return result; +} + + +/* Look up a plural variant. */ +static char * +internal_function +plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) +{ + struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; + unsigned long int index; + const char *p; + + index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); + if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the + given maximum value do not match. */ + index = 0; + + /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ + p = translation; + while (index-- > 0) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); +#else + p = strchr (p, '\0'); +#endif + /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ + p++; + + if (p >= translation + translation_len) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression + evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants + available for MSGID1. */ + return (char *) translation; + } + return (char *) p; +} + +#ifndef _LIBC +/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +static const char * +internal_function +category_to_name (int category) +{ + const char *retval; + + switch (category) + { +#ifdef LC_COLLATE + case LC_COLLATE: + retval = "LC_COLLATE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_CTYPE + case LC_CTYPE: + retval = "LC_CTYPE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MONETARY + case LC_MONETARY: + retval = "LC_MONETARY"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_NUMERIC + case LC_NUMERIC: + retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_TIME + case LC_TIME: + retval = "LC_TIME"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES + case LC_MESSAGES: + retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_RESPONSE + case LC_RESPONSE: + retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_ALL + case LC_ALL: + /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other + value. */ + retval = "LC_ALL"; + break; +#endif + default: + /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ + retval = "LC_XXX"; + } + + return retval; +} +#endif + +/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables + or system-dependent defaults. */ +static const char * +internal_function +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname, + const char *locale) + +#else +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) +#endif +{ + const char *language; +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *locale; +# ifndef _LIBC + const char *language_default; + int locale_defaulted; +# endif +#endif + + /* We use the settings in the following order: + 1. The value of the environment variable 'LANGUAGE'. This is a GNU + extension. Its value can be a colon-separated list of locale names. + 2. The value of the environment variable 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', or 'LANG'. + More precisely, the first among these that is set to a non-empty value. + This is how POSIX specifies it. The value is a single locale name. + 3. A system-dependent preference list of languages. Its value can be a + colon-separated list of locale names. + 4. A system-dependent default locale name. + This way: + - System-dependent settings can be overridden by environment variables. + - If the system provides both a list of languages and a default locale, + the former is used. */ + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* Fetch the locale name, through the POSIX method of looking to `LC_ALL', + `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the + `setlocale' function itself. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + locale = __current_locale_name (category); +# else +# if HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS + /* The __names field is not public glibc API and must therefore not be used + in code that is installed in public locations. */ + locale_t thread_locale = uselocale (NULL); + if (thread_locale != LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE) + { + locale = thread_locale->__names[category]; + locale_defaulted = 0; + } + else +# endif + { + locale = _nl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); + locale_defaulted = 0; + if (locale == NULL) + { + locale = _nl_locale_name_default (); + locale_defaulted = 1; + } + } +# endif +#endif + + /* Ignore LANGUAGE and its system-dependent analogon if the locale is set + to "C" because + 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international + messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed + as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit + characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII + characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. + 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified + by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like + "LANGUAGE" or system-dependent information. We allow such programs + to use gettext(). */ + if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0) + return locale; + + /* The highest priority value is the value of the 'LANGUAGE' environment + variable. */ + language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); + if (language != NULL && language[0] != '\0') + return language; +#if !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE && !defined _LIBC + /* The next priority value is the locale name, if not defaulted. */ + if (locale_defaulted) + { + /* The next priority value is the default language preferences list. */ + language_default = _nl_language_preferences_default (); + if (language_default != NULL) + return language_default; + } + /* The least priority value is the locale name, if defaulted. */ +#endif + return locale; +} + +#if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* Returns the output charset. */ +static const char * +internal_function +get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + /* The output charset should normally be determined by the locale. But + sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly set up, so we provide + a possibility for the user to override this: the OUTPUT_CHARSET + environment variable. Moreover, the value specified through + bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ + if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) + return domainbinding->codeset; + else + { + /* For speed reasons, we look at the value of OUTPUT_CHARSET only + once. This is a user variable that is not supposed to change + during a program run. */ + static char *output_charset_cache; + static int output_charset_cached; + + if (!output_charset_cached) + { + const char *value = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + + if (value != NULL && value[0] != '\0') + { + size_t len = strlen (value) + 1; + char *value_copy = (char *) malloc (len); + + if (value_copy != NULL) + memcpy (value_copy, value, len); + output_charset_cache = value_copy; + } + output_charset_cached = 1; + } + + if (output_charset_cache != NULL) + return output_charset_cache; + else + { +# ifdef _LIBC + return _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + extern const char *locale_charset (void); + return locale_charset (); +# endif +# endif + } + } +} +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void * +mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) +{ + return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); +} +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at + program's end. */ +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + void *old; + + while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) + { + struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; + if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ + free (oldp->dirname); + free (oldp->codeset); + free (oldp); + } + + if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ + free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); + + /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ + __tdestroy (root, free); + root = NULL; + + while (transmem_list != NULL) + { + old = transmem_list; + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb36833 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b0d0de --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DGETTEXT __dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +char * +DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) +{ + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3278438 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ +char * +DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/eval-plural.h b/intl/eval-plural.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dacd003 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/eval-plural.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* Plural expression evaluation. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef STATIC +#define STATIC static +#endif + +/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ +STATIC +unsigned long int +internal_function +plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n) +{ + switch (pexp->nargs) + { + case 0: + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case var: + return n; + case num: + return pexp->val.num; + default: + break; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + case 1: + { + /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ + unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return ! arg; + } + case 2: + { + unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + if (pexp->operation == lor) + return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else if (pexp->operation == land) + return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else + { + unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case mult: + return leftarg * rightarg; + case divide: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg / rightarg; + case module: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg % rightarg; + case plus: + return leftarg + rightarg; + case minus: + return leftarg - rightarg; + case less_than: + return leftarg < rightarg; + case greater_than: + return leftarg > rightarg; + case less_or_equal: + return leftarg <= rightarg; + case greater_or_equal: + return leftarg >= rightarg; + case equal: + return leftarg == rightarg; + case not_equal: + return leftarg != rightarg; + default: + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + } + case 3: + { + /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ + unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; +} diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d3e146 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/explodename.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the + rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, + i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ +static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name); + +static char * +_nl_find_language (const char *name) +{ + while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.') + ++name; + + return (char *) name; +} + + +int +_nl_explode_name (char *name, + const char **language, const char **modifier, + const char **territory, const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset) +{ + char *cp; + int mask; + + *modifier = NULL; + *territory = NULL; + *codeset = NULL; + *normalized_codeset = NULL; + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ + mask = 0; + *language = cp = name; + cp = _nl_find_language (*language); + + if (*language == cp) + /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use + this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ + cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); + else + { + if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is the territory. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *territory = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_TERRITORY; + } + + if (cp[0] == '.') + { + /* Next is the codeset. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *codeset = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_CODESET; + + if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') + { + *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, + cp - *codeset); + if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) + free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); + else + mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; + } + } + } + + if (cp[0] == '@') + { + /* Next is the modifier. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *modifier = ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + mask |= XPG_MODIFIER; + } + + if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY; + + if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; + + return mask; +} diff --git a/intl/export.h b/intl/export.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5c47ad --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/export.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + +#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL +#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#else +#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a25bebc --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/finddomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* Handle list of needed message catalogs + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +/* List of already loaded domains. */ +static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; + + +/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ +struct loaded_l10nfile * +internal_function +_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale, + const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; + const char *modifier; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *alias_value; + int mask; + + /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: + + language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] + + Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If + the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are + looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) codeset + (2) normalized codeset + (3) territory + (4) modifier + */ + + /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ + gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock); + gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock); + + /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to + be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* We know something about this locale. */ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; + + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + + return retval; + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value + *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is + done. */ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + locale = strdup (alias_value); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; +#else + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); +#endif + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ + mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, + &codeset, &normalized_codeset); + + /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ + gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock); + + /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in + generalization. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, + codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, + domainname, 1); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); + + if (retval == NULL) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + return NULL; + + if (retval->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + } + + /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + + /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ + if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) + free ((void *) normalized_codeset); + + return retval; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must + be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */ +void __libc_freeres_fn_section +_nl_finddomain_subfreeres () +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; + + while (runp != NULL) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; + if (runp->data != NULL) + _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); + runp = runp->next; + free ((char *) here->filename); + free (here); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d82d439 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define GETTEXT __gettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +GETTEXT (const char *msgid) +{ + return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8be38d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettextP.h @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +/* Header describing internals of libintl library. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H +#define _GETTEXTP_H + +#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category); +extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n); +extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n); +extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category); +extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname); +extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden; +extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain) + internal_function attribute_hidden; +#else +/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to + call them under their real name. */ +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# include "libgnuintl.h" +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category, + const char *__localename, const char *__encoding); +# else +extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +# endif +#endif + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +#ifndef W +# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <byteswap.h> +# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) +#else +static inline nls_uint32 +SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; +{ + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); +} +#endif + + +/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + size_t length; + /* Pointer to addressed string. */ + const char *pointer; +}; + +/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion. + Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed + basis. */ +struct converted_domain +{ + /* The target encoding name. */ + const char *encoding; + /* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to + this target encoding. */ +#ifdef _LIBC + __gconv_t conv; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + iconv_t conv; +# endif +#endif + /* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */ + char **conv_tab; +}; + +/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ +struct loaded_domain +{ + /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ + const char *data; + /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ + int use_mmap; + /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ + size_t mmap_size; + /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap; + /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ + void *malloced; + + /* Number of static strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *orig_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *trans_tab; + + /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; + + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_size; + /* Pointer to hash table. */ + const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; + /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap_hash_tab; + + /* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */ + struct converted_domain *conversions; + size_t nconversions; + + struct expression *plural; + unsigned long int nplurals; +}; + +/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C + doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define ZERO 0 +#else +# define ZERO 1 +#endif + +/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings + from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ +struct binding +{ + struct binding *next; + char *dirname; + char *codeset; + char domainname[ZERO]; +}; + +/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations + become invalid. + This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# include <glocale/config.h> +extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +#else +extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +#endif + +#ifndef _LIBC +const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void); +const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname); +const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void); +const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname); +#endif + +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding) + internal_function; +void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding) + internal_function; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, + const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) + internal_function; +#else +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, + int convert, size_t *lengthp) + internal_function; +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/gmo.h b/intl/gmo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26515fe --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gmo.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#include <limits.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 + +/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1 + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work + when cross-compiling. */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +#else +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#endif + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +#ifndef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +#else +# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +# else +# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is + not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +struct mo_file_header +{ + /* The magic number. */ + nls_uint32 magic; + /* The revision number of the file format. */ + nls_uint32 revision; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */ + + /* The number of strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; + /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + + /* The number of system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; + /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ +struct string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ +struct sysdep_segment +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string +{ + /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; + /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. + The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ + struct segment_pair + { + /* Size of static segment. */ + nls_uint32 segsize; + /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + } segments[1]; +}; + +/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, + regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ +#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.c b/intl/hash-string.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c513f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* Implements a string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "hash-string.h" + + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +unsigned long int +__hash_string (const char *str_param) +{ + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; + + /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ + hval = 0; + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; + hval += (unsigned char) *str++; + g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); + hval ^= g; + } + } + return hval; +} diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98c07e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ +#define HASHWORDBITS 32 + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# ifdef IN_LIBINTL +# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string +# else +# define __hash_string hash_string +# endif +#endif + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param); diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b9ecbb --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext + Library. + Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those + defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). + It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test + of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which + has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file. + It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used + as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra + features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ + + +#undef gettext +#undef dgettext +#undef dcgettext +#undef ngettext +#undef dngettext +#undef dcngettext +#undef textdomain +#undef bindtextdomain +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we + don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ +#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +gettext (const char *msgid) +{ + return libintl_gettext (msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) +{ + return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dngettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcngettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +textdomain (const char *domainname) +{ + return libintl_textdomain (domainname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); +} diff --git a/intl/intl-exports.c b/intl/intl-exports.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7176589 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-exports.c @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin. + Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + + /* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */ +#define IMP(x) _imp__##x + + /* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a + pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */ +#define VARIABLE(x) \ + /* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \ + snippet: \ + extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \ + asm (".section .drectve\n"); \ + asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \ + asm (".data\n"); \ + /* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \ + extern int x; \ + void * IMP(x) = &x; + +VARIABLE(libintl_version) diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..365aeb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <string.h> + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H +# include <argz.h> +#endif +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) +# endif +#else +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); +# endif +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +#endif + +/* Define function which are usually not available. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count argz_count +#else +/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +static size_t +argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len) +{ + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len + 1; + len -= part_len + 1; + count++; + } + return count; +} +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ + INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify +#else +/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +static void +argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep) +{ + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len; + len -= part_len + 1; + if (len > 0) + *argz++ = sep; + } +} +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next argz_next +#else +static char * +argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry) +{ + if (entry) + { + if (entry < argz + argz_len) + entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; + + return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; + } + else + if (argz_len > 0) + return argz; + else + return 0; +} +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */ + + +/* Return number of bits set in X. */ +static inline int +pop (int x) +{ + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); + x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); + x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; + x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; + + return x; +} + + +struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, + int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, + const char *filename, int do_allocate) +{ + char *abs_filename; + struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; + size_t dirlist_count; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + + /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore + DIRLIST. */ + if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) + dirlist_len = 0; + + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) + + ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0 + ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 + ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); + + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Construct file name. */ + cp = abs_filename; + if (dirlist_len > 0) + { + memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); + __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); + cp += dirlist_len; + cp[-1] = '/'; + } + + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); + } + if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '@'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); + } + + *cp++ = '/'; + stpcpy (cp, filename); + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ + lastp = l10nfile_list; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { + int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It's not in the list. */ + retval = NULL; + break; + } + + lastp = &retval->next; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) + { + free (abs_filename); + return retval; + } + + dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); + + /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ + retval = + (struct loaded_l10nfile *) + malloc (sizeof (*retval) + + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) + * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + { + free (abs_filename); + return NULL; + } + + retval->filename = abs_filename; + + /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. + Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not + correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth + looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ + retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + + retval->next = *lastp; + *lastp = retval; + + entries = 0; + /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. + If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL + entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains + colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and + across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. + If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. + DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by + MASK, excluding MASK itself. + In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect + that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: + first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the + normalized_codeset. */ + for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 + && !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)) + { + if (dirlist_count > 1) + { + /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ + char *dir = NULL; + + while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) + != NULL) + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, + 1); + } + else + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1); + } + retval->successor[entries] = NULL; + + return retval; +} + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +const char * +_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len) +{ + int len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; + char *retval; + char *wp; + size_t cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + { + ++len; + + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + only_digit = 0; + } + + retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + if (only_digit) + wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); + else + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); + else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; + } + + return (const char *) retval; +} + + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/langprefs.c b/intl/langprefs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5436040 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/langprefs.c @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* Determine the user's language preferences. + Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +# include <string.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h> +extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name); +#endif + +/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of + locale names in XPG syntax + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is + already taken into account by the caller. */ + +const char * +_nl_language_preferences_default (void) +{ +#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + { + /* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */ + static const char *cached_languages; + static int cache_initialized; + + if (!cache_initialized) + { + CFTypeRef preferences = + CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"), + kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication); + if (preferences != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ()) + { + CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences; + int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray); + char buf[256]; + size_t size = 0; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i); + if (element != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID () + && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element, + buf, sizeof (buf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf); + size += strlen (buf) + 1; + /* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship + an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en" + in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to + return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of + the preferences list. */ + if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0) + break; + } + else + break; + } + if (size > 0) + { + char *languages = (char *) malloc (size); + + if (languages != NULL) + { + char *p = languages; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + CFTypeRef element = + CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i); + if (element != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID () + && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element, + buf, sizeof (buf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf); + strcpy (p, buf); + p += strlen (buf); + *p++ = ':'; + if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0) + break; + } + else + break; + } + *--p = '\0'; + + cached_languages = languages; + } + } + } + cache_initialized = 1; + } + if (cached_languages != NULL) + return cached_languages; + } +#endif + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a053f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/* Message catalogs for internationalization. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBINTL_H +#define _LIBINTL_H 1 + +#include <locale.h> + +/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions + gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. + On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. + On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) + then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines + LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES + in this case. */ +#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) +# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 +#endif + +/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU + implementation of gettext. */ +#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the + maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ + ((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1) + +/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes + precedence over _conio_gettext. */ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +# undef gettext +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */ +#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x000F00 +extern int libintl_version; + + +/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is + necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C + library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). + If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the + definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so + shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked + up in the following order: + 1. in the executable, + 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, + 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link + command line, + 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were + dlopen()ed. + The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if + either + * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or + * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or + * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not + linked to the executable at link time. + Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this + would be unacceptable. + + The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext + is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in + C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or + class methods called 'gettext'. */ + +/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. + If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is + _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ +#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) +# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# else +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# else +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# endif +# endif +#endif +/* Auxiliary macros. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) +# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring +# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix +#else +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) +#endif + +/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return + its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about + printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */ +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus) +# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n))) +#else +# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1); +static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_gettext (__msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define gettext libintl_gettext +#endif +extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dgettext libintl_dgettext +#endif +extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext +#endif +extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +#endif + + +/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define ngettext libintl_ngettext +#endif +extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dngettext libintl_dngettext +#endif +extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext +#endif +extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +#endif + + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); +static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) +{ + return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define textdomain libintl_textdomain +#endif +extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname) +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain +#endif +extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif + +#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */ + + +/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the + POSIX/XSI specification. + Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only + in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h". + Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _() + or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value + of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */ + +#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get va_list. */ +#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER +# include <stdarg.h> +#else +# include <varargs.h> +#endif + +#undef fprintf +#define fprintf libintl_fprintf +extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...); +#undef vfprintf +#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf +extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list); + +#undef printf +#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__ +/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). + This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin, + mingw does not have a function __printf__. */ +# define libintl_printf __printf__ +#endif +#define printf libintl_printf +extern int printf (const char *, ...); +#undef vprintf +#define vprintf libintl_vprintf +extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list); + +#undef sprintf +#define sprintf libintl_sprintf +extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...); +#undef vsprintf +#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf +extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list); + +#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@ + +#undef snprintf +#define snprintf libintl_snprintf +extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...); +#undef vsnprintf +#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf +extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); + +#endif + +#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@ + +#undef asprintf +#define asprintf libintl_asprintf +extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...); +#undef vasprintf +#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf +extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list); + +#endif + +#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@ + +#undef fwprintf +#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf +extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vfwprintf +#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf +extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#undef wprintf +#define wprintf libintl_wprintf +extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vwprintf +#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf +extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#undef swprintf +#define swprintf libintl_swprintf +extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vswprintf +#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf +extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#endif + +#endif + + +/* Support for relocatable packages. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix +extern void + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7a1970 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOADINFO_H +#define _LOADINFO_H 1 + +/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. + Implemented in + + localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. + explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. + l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. + finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. + + The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared + in gettextP.h. + */ + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ +#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' +#else + /* Unix */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1 +#define XPG_CODESET 2 +#define XPG_TERRITORY 4 +#define XPG_MODIFIER 8 + + +struct loaded_l10nfile +{ + const char *filename; + int decided; + + const void *data; + + struct loaded_l10nfile *next; + struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; +}; + + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, + size_t name_len); + +/* Lookup a locale dependent file. + *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent + files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. + DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to + look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). + MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER + are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name(). + FILENAME is the filename suffix. + The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, + or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. + If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and + its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and + furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup + results from which this lookup result inherits. */ +extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, + const char *filename, int do_allocate); + +/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if + NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). + The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ +/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */ +extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, + territory, codeset. + NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and + there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, + *CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or + NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it + is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has + to be freed by the caller. + The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one + filled-in value: + XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER, + XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, + XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, + XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET. + */ +extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset); + +#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2520c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1333 @@ +/* Load needed message catalogs. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <langinfo.h> +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ + || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) +# include <sys/mman.h> +# undef HAVE_MMAP +# define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#else +# undef HAVE_MMAP +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +#include "gmo.h" +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "hash-string.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# include <not-cancel.h> +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>. + Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't + use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ +#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId8 +# define PRId8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi8 +# define PRIi8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo8 +# define PRIo8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu8 +# define PRIu8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx8 +# define PRIx8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX8 +# define PRIX8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId16 +# define PRId16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi16 +# define PRIi16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo16 +# define PRIo16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu16 +# define PRIu16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx16 +# define PRIx16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX16 +# define PRIX16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId32 +# define PRId32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi32 +# define PRIi32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo32 +# define PRIo32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu32 +# define PRIu32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx32 +# define PRIx32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX32 +# define PRIX32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId64 +# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi64 +# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo64 +# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu64 +# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx64 +# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX64 +# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST8 +# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST8 +# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST8 +# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST8 +# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST8 +# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST8 +# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST16 +# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST16 +# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST16 +# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST16 +# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST16 +# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST16 +# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST32 +# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST32 +# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST32 +# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST32 +# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST32 +# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST32 +# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST64 +# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST64 +# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST64 +# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST64 +# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST64 +# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST64 +# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST8 +# define PRIdFAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST8 +# define PRIiFAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST8 +# define PRIoFAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST8 +# define PRIuFAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST8 +# define PRIxFAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST8 +# define PRIXFAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST16 +# define PRIdFAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST16 +# define PRIiFAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST16 +# define PRIoFAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST16 +# define PRIuFAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST16 +# define PRIxFAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST16 +# define PRIXFAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST32 +# define PRIdFAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST32 +# define PRIiFAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST32 +# define PRIoFAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST32 +# define PRIuFAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST32 +# define PRIxFAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST32 +# define PRIXFAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST64 +# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST64 +# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST64 +# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST64 +# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST64 +# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST64 +# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdMAX +# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiMAX +# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoMAX +# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuMAX +# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxMAX +# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXMAX +# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdPTR +# define PRIdPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ + "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiPTR +# define PRIiPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ + "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoPTR +# define PRIoPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ + "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuPTR +# define PRIuPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ + "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxPTR +# define PRIxPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ + "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXPTR +# define PRIXPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ + "llX") +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define open(name, flags) open_not_cancel_2 (name, flags) +# define close(fd) close_not_cancel_no_status (fd) +# define read(fd, buf, n) read_not_cancel (fd, buf, n) +# define mmap(addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) \ + __mmap (addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) +# define munmap(addr, len) __munmap (addr, len) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif +#ifdef __BEOS__ + /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif +/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + + +/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + +/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ +static const char * +get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name) +{ + /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. + Syntax: + P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } + { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ + /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because + data relocations cost startup time. */ + if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') + { + if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' + || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') + { + if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX8; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX16; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX32; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX64; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' + && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') + { + if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' + && name[7] == 'T') + { + if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdMAX; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiMAX; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoMAX; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuMAX; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxMAX; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXMAX; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdPTR; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiPTR; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoPTR; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuPTR; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxPTR; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXPTR; + abort (); + } + } + } + /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */ + if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0') + { +#if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) + /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits + with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is + used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic. */ + return "I"; +#else + return ""; +#endif + } + /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, lock) + int fd = -1; + size_t size; +#ifdef _LIBC + struct stat64 st; +#else + struct stat st; +#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; + int use_mmap = 0; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + int revision; + const char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + __libc_lock_lock_recursive (lock); + if (domain_file->decided != 0) + { + /* There are two possibilities: + + + this is the same thread calling again during this initialization + via _nl_find_msg. We have initialized everything this call needs. + + + this is another thread which tried to initialize this object. + Not necessary anymore since if the lock is available this + is finished. + */ + goto done; + } + + domain_file->decided = -1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + + /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file + because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after + a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ + + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN + syntax. */ + if (domain_file->filename == NULL) + goto out; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ + fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + goto out; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ + if ( +#ifdef _LIBC + __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#else + __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#endif + || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) + || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + /* Something went wrong. */ + goto out; + +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ + data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + + if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); + fd = -1; + use_mmap = 1; + } +#endif + + /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { + size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + + data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + goto out; + + to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); + if (nb <= 0) + { +#ifdef EINTR + if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + goto out; + } + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } + while (to_read > 0); + + close (fd); + fd = -1; + } + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ + if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, + 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + goto out; + } + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); + if (domain == NULL) + goto out; + domain_file->data = domain; + + domain->data = (char *) data; + domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; + domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; + domain->malloced = NULL; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ + revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); + /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */ + switch (revision >> 16) + { + case 0: + case 1: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); + domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); + domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); + domain->hash_tab = + (domain->hash_size > 2 + ? (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) + : NULL); + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; + + /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ + switch (revision & 0xffff) + { + case 0: + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + break; + case 1: + default: + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + + if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) + /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ + goto invalid; + + n_sysdep_strings = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); + if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; + const char **sysdep_segment_values; + const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; + const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + size_t memneed; + char *mem; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; + unsigned int i, j; + + /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ + n_sysdep_segments = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); + sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); + sysdep_segment_values = + alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) + { + const char *name = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); + nls_uint32 namelen = + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); + + if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) + { + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); + } + + orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); + trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); + + /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the + system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. + At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to + an undefined system dependent segment. */ + n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0; + memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + int valid = 1; + size_t needs[2]; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + size_t need = 0; + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + + sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + { + /* Invalid. */ + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + + need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + } + + needs[j] = need; + if (!valid) + break; + } + + if (valid) + { + n_inmem_sysdep_strings++; + memneed += needs[0] + needs[1]; + } + } + memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + + if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + unsigned int k; + + /* Allocate additional memory. */ + mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); + if (mem == NULL) + goto invalid; + + domain->malloced = mem; + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; + mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + + /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ + k = 0; + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + int valid = 1; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is + invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + } + + if (!valid) + break; + } + + if (valid) + { + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const char *static_segments = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + /* Concatenate the segments, and fill + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */ + + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry = + (j == 0 + ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab + : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab) + + k; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + == SEGMENTS_END) + { + /* Only one static segment. */ + inmem_tab_entry->length = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments; + } + else + { + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem; + + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 segsize = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + nls_uint32 sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + size_t n; + + if (segsize > 0) + { + memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); + mem += segsize; + static_segments += segsize; + } + + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); + mem += n; + } + + inmem_tab_entry->length = + mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer; + } + } + + k++; + } + } + if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings) + abort (); + + /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ + for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) + inmem_hash_tab[i] = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); + for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = + 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + for (;;) + { + if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + { + /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ + inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; + break; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + } + + domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + + domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + } + break; + } + break; + default: + /* This is an invalid revision. */ + invalid: + /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + free (domain); + domain_file->data = NULL; + goto out; + } + + /* No caches of converted translations so far. */ + domain->conversions = NULL; + domain->nconversions = 0; + + /* Get the header entry and look for a plural specification. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + nullentry = + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", &nullentrylen); +#else + nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); +#endif + EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); + + out: + if (fd != -1) + close (fd); + + domain_file->decided = 1; + + done: + __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock); +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +void +internal_function __libc_freeres_fn_section +_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain) +{ + size_t i; + + if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) + __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); + + for (i = 0; i < domain->nconversions; i++) + { + struct converted_domain *convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + + free (convd->encoding); + if (convd->conv_tab != NULL && convd->conv_tab != (char **) -1) + free (convd->conv_tab); + if (convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) + __gconv_close (convd->conv); + } + if (domain->conversions != NULL) + free (domain->conversions); + + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); + +# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES + if (domain->use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); + else +# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ + free ((void *) domain->data); + + free (domain); +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8505bf --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.c @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "localcharset.h" + +#if HAVE_STDDEF_H +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#if HAVE_STRING_H +# include <string.h> +#else +# include <strings.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# define WIN32_NATIVE +#endif + +#if defined __EMX__ +/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ +# define OS2 +#endif + +#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# include <langinfo.h> +# else +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE +# include <locale.h> +# endif +# endif +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +# endif +#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +#endif +#if defined OS2 +# define INCL_DOS +# include <os2.h> +#endif + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +#endif + +#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +#ifndef ISSLASH +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) +#endif + +#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED +# undef getc +# define getc getc_unlocked +#endif + +/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a + possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we + are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize + 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, + and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' + are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ +#if __STDC__ != 1 +# define volatile /* empty */ +#endif +/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been + read, else NULL. Its format is: + ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ +static const char * volatile charset_aliases; + +/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ +static const char * +get_charset_aliases (void) +{ + const char *cp; + + cp = charset_aliases; + if (cp == NULL) + { +#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__) + FILE *fp; + const char *dir; + const char *base = "charset.alias"; + char *file_name; + + /* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is + necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */ + dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR"); + if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0') + dir = relocate (LIBDIR); + + /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ + { + size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); + size_t base_len = strlen (base); + int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); + file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); + if (file_name != NULL) + { + memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); + if (add_slash) + file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); + } + } + + if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) + /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + /* Parse the file's contents. */ + char *res_ptr = NULL; + size_t res_size = 0; + + for (;;) + { + int c; + char buf1[50+1]; + char buf2[50+1]; + size_t l1, l2; + char *old_res_ptr; + + c = getc (fp); + if (c == EOF) + break; + if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') + continue; + if (c == '#') + { + /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ + do + c = getc (fp); + while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); + if (c == EOF) + break; + continue; + } + ungetc (c, fp); + if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) + break; + l1 = strlen (buf1); + l2 = strlen (buf2); + old_res_ptr = res_ptr; + if (res_size == 0) + { + res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); + } + else + { + res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); + } + if (res_ptr == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. */ + res_size = 0; + if (old_res_ptr != NULL) + free (old_res_ptr); + break; + } + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); + } + fclose (fp); + if (res_size == 0) + cp = ""; + else + { + *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; + cp = res_ptr; + } + } + + if (file_name != NULL) + free (file_name); + +#else + +# if defined VMS + /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the + sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ + /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation + "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" + section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ + cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + /* Japanese */ + "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" + "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" + "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + /* Chinese */ + "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" + "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + /* Korean */ + "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; +# endif + +# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__ + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" + "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" + "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" + "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" + "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" + "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0" + "CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0" + "CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0" + "CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0"; +# endif +#endif + + charset_aliases = cp; + } + + return cp; +} + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +const char * +locale_charset (void) +{ + const char *codeset; + const char *aliases; + +#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2) + +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + + /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ + codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ + /* Cygwin 2006 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always + returns "US-ASCII". As long as this is not fixed, return the suffix + of the locale name from the environment variables (if present) or + the codepage as a number. */ + if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0) + { + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return + it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + } + + /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + } +# endif + +# else + + /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ + const char *locale = NULL; + + /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some + (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't + use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the + locale name the user has set. */ +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 + locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); +# endif + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + } + + /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, + you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it + through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + +# endif + +#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE + + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + +#elif defined OS2 + + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + ULONG cp[3]; + ULONG cplen; + + /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, + with standard language environment variables. */ + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + + /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + } + else + { + /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) + codeset = ""; + else + { + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); + codeset = buf; + } + } + +#endif + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ + codeset = ""; + + /* Resolve alias. */ + for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); + *aliases != '\0'; + aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) + if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 + || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) + { + codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; + break; + } + + /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret + the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", + thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ + if (codeset[0] == '\0') + codeset = "ASCII"; + + return codeset; +} diff --git a/intl/localcharset.h b/intl/localcharset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..129e4a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H +#define _LOCALCHARSET_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ +extern const char * locale_charset (void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias new file mode 100644 index 0000000..faa6969 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/locale.alias @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# Locale name alias data base. +# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. + +# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of +# the X Window System, which normally can be found in +# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias +# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. +# All entries are case independent. + +# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for +# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share +# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to +# bugs@gnu.org. + +# Packages using this file: + +bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +bokmål nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 +croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 +danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 +eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 +français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 +hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 +hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 +icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 +italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 +japanese ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS +korean ko_KR.eucKR +korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR +ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR +lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 +no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 +polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 +portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 +romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 +russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 +slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 +slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 +swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 +thai th_TH.TIS-620 +turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26122a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localealias.c @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ +/* Handle aliases for locale names. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING +# include <stdio_ext.h> +#endif +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp + +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 +# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) +#else +# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# undef fgets +# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) +#endif +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# undef feof +# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) +#endif + + +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) + + +struct alias_map +{ + const char *alias; + const char *value; +}; + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl +#endif + +libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); +static size_t string_space_act; +static size_t string_space_max; +libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); +static size_t nmap; +static size_t maxmap; + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) + internal_function; +static int extend_alias_table (void); +static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2); + + +const char * +_nl_expand_alias (const char *name) +{ + static const char *locale_alias_path; + struct alias_map *retval; + const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + if (locale_alias_path == NULL) + locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + + do + { + struct alias_map item; + + item.alias = name; + + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) (const void *, + const void *) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) + { + result = retval->value; + break; + } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; + while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') + { + const char *start; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' + && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) + added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); + } + } + while (added != 0); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + + return result; +} + + +static size_t +internal_function +read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) +{ + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY + mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), + aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions + disabled. */ + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc"); +#else + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); +#endif + freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) + return 0; + +#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING + /* No threads present. */ + __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); +#endif + + added = 0; + while (!FEOF (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long + We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up + stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of + memory. */ + char buf[400]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + int complete_line; + + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + /* Determine whether the line is complete. */ + complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL; + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { + value = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') + { + /* This has to be done to make the following test + for the end of line possible. We are looking for + the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ + *cp++ = '\0'; + *cp = '\n'; + } + else if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR + that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8 + locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these + entries. */ + if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL) +#endif + { + size_t alias_len; + size_t value_len; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) + if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + goto out; + + alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; + value_len = strlen (value) + 1; + + if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { + /* Increase size of memory pool. */ + size_t new_size = (string_space_max + + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 + ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); + char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); + if (new_pool == NULL) + goto out; + + if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) + { + map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; + map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; + } + } + + string_space = new_pool; + string_space_max = new_size; + } + + map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + alias, alias_len); + string_space_act += alias_len; + + map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + value, value_len); + string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; + } + } + } + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ + if (! complete_line) + do + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop + will exit at the `feof' test. */ + break; + while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL); + } + + out: + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore + errors. --drepper */ + fclose (fp); + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare); + + return added; +} + + +static int +extend_alias_table () +{ + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; + new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size + * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ + return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; + return 0; +} + + +static int +alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2) +{ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +#else + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in + some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ + c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; + c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + return c1 - c2; +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/localename.c b/intl/localename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b8b99a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localename.c @@ -0,0 +1,1499 @@ +/* Determine the current selected locale. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */ +/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */ +/* MacOS X code written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <locale.h> + +#if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +# include <string.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h> +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT +# include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h> +# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h> +# endif +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# define WIN32_NATIVE +#endif + +#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +/* List of language codes, sorted by value: + 0x01 LANG_ARABIC + 0x02 LANG_BULGARIAN + 0x03 LANG_CATALAN + 0x04 LANG_CHINESE + 0x05 LANG_CZECH + 0x06 LANG_DANISH + 0x07 LANG_GERMAN + 0x08 LANG_GREEK + 0x09 LANG_ENGLISH + 0x0a LANG_SPANISH + 0x0b LANG_FINNISH + 0x0c LANG_FRENCH + 0x0d LANG_HEBREW + 0x0e LANG_HUNGARIAN + 0x0f LANG_ICELANDIC + 0x10 LANG_ITALIAN + 0x11 LANG_JAPANESE + 0x12 LANG_KOREAN + 0x13 LANG_DUTCH + 0x14 LANG_NORWEGIAN + 0x15 LANG_POLISH + 0x16 LANG_PORTUGUESE + 0x17 LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE + 0x18 LANG_ROMANIAN + 0x19 LANG_RUSSIAN + 0x1a LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + 0x1b LANG_SLOVAK + 0x1c LANG_ALBANIAN + 0x1d LANG_SWEDISH + 0x1e LANG_THAI + 0x1f LANG_TURKISH + 0x20 LANG_URDU + 0x21 LANG_INDONESIAN + 0x22 LANG_UKRAINIAN + 0x23 LANG_BELARUSIAN + 0x24 LANG_SLOVENIAN + 0x25 LANG_ESTONIAN + 0x26 LANG_LATVIAN + 0x27 LANG_LITHUANIAN + 0x28 LANG_TAJIK + 0x29 LANG_FARSI + 0x2a LANG_VIETNAMESE + 0x2b LANG_ARMENIAN + 0x2c LANG_AZERI + 0x2d LANG_BASQUE + 0x2e LANG_SORBIAN + 0x2f LANG_MACEDONIAN + 0x30 LANG_SUTU + 0x31 LANG_TSONGA + 0x32 LANG_TSWANA + 0x33 LANG_VENDA + 0x34 LANG_XHOSA + 0x35 LANG_ZULU + 0x36 LANG_AFRIKAANS + 0x37 LANG_GEORGIAN + 0x38 LANG_FAEROESE + 0x39 LANG_HINDI + 0x3a LANG_MALTESE + 0x3b LANG_SAAMI + 0x3c LANG_GAELIC + 0x3d LANG_YIDDISH + 0x3e LANG_MALAY + 0x3f LANG_KAZAK + 0x40 LANG_KYRGYZ + 0x41 LANG_SWAHILI + 0x42 LANG_TURKMEN + 0x43 LANG_UZBEK + 0x44 LANG_TATAR + 0x45 LANG_BENGALI + 0x46 LANG_PUNJABI + 0x47 LANG_GUJARATI + 0x48 LANG_ORIYA + 0x49 LANG_TAMIL + 0x4a LANG_TELUGU + 0x4b LANG_KANNADA + 0x4c LANG_MALAYALAM + 0x4d LANG_ASSAMESE + 0x4e LANG_MARATHI + 0x4f LANG_SANSKRIT + 0x50 LANG_MONGOLIAN + 0x51 LANG_TIBETAN + 0x52 LANG_WELSH + 0x53 LANG_CAMBODIAN + 0x54 LANG_LAO + 0x55 LANG_BURMESE + 0x56 LANG_GALICIAN + 0x57 LANG_KONKANI + 0x58 LANG_MANIPURI + 0x59 LANG_SINDHI + 0x5a LANG_SYRIAC + 0x5b LANG_SINHALESE + 0x5c LANG_CHEROKEE + 0x5d LANG_INUKTITUT + 0x5e LANG_AMHARIC + 0x5f LANG_TAMAZIGHT + 0x60 LANG_KASHMIRI + 0x61 LANG_NEPALI + 0x62 LANG_FRISIAN + 0x63 LANG_PASHTO + 0x64 LANG_TAGALOG + 0x65 LANG_DIVEHI + 0x66 LANG_EDO + 0x67 LANG_FULFULDE + 0x68 LANG_HAUSA + 0x69 LANG_IBIBIO + 0x6a LANG_YORUBA + 0x70 LANG_IGBO + 0x71 LANG_KANURI + 0x72 LANG_OROMO + 0x73 LANG_TIGRINYA + 0x74 LANG_GUARANI + 0x75 LANG_HAWAIIAN + 0x76 LANG_LATIN + 0x77 LANG_SOMALI + 0x78 LANG_YI + 0x79 LANG_PAPIAMENTU +*/ +/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ +# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS +# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN +# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_AMHARIC +# define LANG_AMHARIC 0x5e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARABIC +# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN +# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE +# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_AZERI +# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BASQUE +# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN +# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BENGALI +# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BURMESE +# define LANG_BURMESE 0x55 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CAMBODIAN +# define LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x53 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CATALAN +# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CHEROKEE +# define LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI +# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_EDO +# define LANG_EDO 0x66 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN +# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE +# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FARSI +# define LANG_FARSI 0x29 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FRISIAN +# define LANG_FRISIAN 0x62 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FULFULDE +# define LANG_FULFULDE 0x67 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GAELIC +# define LANG_GAELIC 0x3c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN +# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN +# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GUARANI +# define LANG_GUARANI 0x74 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI +# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HAUSA +# define LANG_HAUSA 0x68 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HAWAIIAN +# define LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x75 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HEBREW +# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HINDI +# define LANG_HINDI 0x39 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_IBIBIO +# define LANG_IBIBIO 0x69 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_IGBO +# define LANG_IGBO 0x70 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN +# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_INUKTITUT +# define LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KANNADA +# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KANURI +# define LANG_KANURI 0x71 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI +# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KAZAK +# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KONKANI +# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ +# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LAO +# define LANG_LAO 0x54 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATIN +# define LANG_LATIN 0x76 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN +# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN +# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN +# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAY +# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM +# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALTESE +# define LANG_MALTESE 0x3a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI +# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MARATHI +# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN +# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_NEPALI +# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ORIYA +# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_OROMO +# define LANG_OROMO 0x72 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PAPIAMENTU +# define LANG_PAPIAMENTU 0x79 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PASHTO +# define LANG_PASHTO 0x63 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI +# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE +# define LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x17 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SAAMI +# define LANG_SAAMI 0x3b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT +# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN +# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SINDHI +# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SINHALESE +# define LANG_SINHALESE 0x5b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK +# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SOMALI +# define LANG_SOMALI 0x77 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN +# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SUTU +# define LANG_SUTU 0x30 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI +# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC +# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAGALOG +# define LANG_TAGALOG 0x64 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAJIK +# define LANG_TAJIK 0x28 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMAZIGHT +# define LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x5f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMIL +# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TATAR +# define LANG_TATAR 0x44 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TELUGU +# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_THAI +# define LANG_THAI 0x1e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TIBETAN +# define LANG_TIBETAN 0x51 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TIGRINYA +# define LANG_TIGRINYA 0x73 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TSONGA +# define LANG_TSONGA 0x31 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TSWANA +# define LANG_TSWANA 0x32 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TURKMEN +# define LANG_TURKMEN 0x42 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN +# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_URDU +# define LANG_URDU 0x20 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UZBEK +# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_VENDA +# define LANG_VENDA 0x33 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE +# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_WELSH +# define LANG_WELSH 0x52 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_XHOSA +# define LANG_XHOSA 0x34 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YI +# define LANG_YI 0x78 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YIDDISH +# define LANG_YIDDISH 0x3d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YORUBA +# define LANG_YORUBA 0x6a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ZULU +# define LANG_ZULU 0x35 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH +# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU +# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x12 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA +# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA +# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND +# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC +# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA +# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA +# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +#endif + +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +/* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + +/* Canonicalize a MacOS X locale name to a Unix locale name. + NAME is a sufficiently large buffer. + On input, it contains the MacOS X locale name. + On output, it contains the Unix locale name. */ +void +_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name) +{ + /* This conversion is based on a posting by + Deborah GoldSmith <goldsmit@apple.com> on 2005-03-08, + http://lists.apple.com/archives/carbon-dev/2005/Mar/msg00293.html */ + + /* Convert legacy (NeXTstep inherited) English names to Unix (ISO 639 and + ISO 3166) names. Prior to MacOS X 10.3, there is no API for doing this. + Therefore we do it ourselves, using a table based on the results of the + MacOS X 10.3.8 function + CFLocaleCreateCanonicalLocaleIdentifierFromString(). */ + typedef struct { const char legacy[21+1]; const char unixy[5+1]; } + legacy_entry; + static const legacy_entry legacy_table[] = { + { "Afrikaans", "af" }, + { "Albanian", "sq" }, + { "Amharic", "am" }, + { "Arabic", "ar" }, + { "Armenian", "hy" }, + { "Assamese", "as" }, + { "Aymara", "ay" }, + { "Azerbaijani", "az" }, + { "Basque", "eu" }, + { "Belarusian", "be" }, + { "Belorussian", "be" }, + { "Bengali", "bn" }, + { "Brazilian Portugese", "pt_BR" }, + { "Brazilian Portuguese", "pt_BR" }, + { "Breton", "br" }, + { "Bulgarian", "bg" }, + { "Burmese", "my" }, + { "Byelorussian", "be" }, + { "Catalan", "ca" }, + { "Chewa", "ny" }, + { "Chichewa", "ny" }, + { "Chinese", "zh" }, + { "Chinese, Simplified", "zh_CN" }, + { "Chinese, Traditional", "zh_TW" }, + { "Chinese, Tradtional", "zh_TW" }, + { "Croatian", "hr" }, + { "Czech", "cs" }, + { "Danish", "da" }, + { "Dutch", "nl" }, + { "Dzongkha", "dz" }, + { "English", "en" }, + { "Esperanto", "eo" }, + { "Estonian", "et" }, + { "Faroese", "fo" }, + { "Farsi", "fa" }, + { "Finnish", "fi" }, + { "Flemish", "nl_BE" }, + { "French", "fr" }, + { "Galician", "gl" }, + { "Gallegan", "gl" }, + { "Georgian", "ka" }, + { "German", "de" }, + { "Greek", "el" }, + { "Greenlandic", "kl" }, + { "Guarani", "gn" }, + { "Gujarati", "gu" }, + { "Hawaiian", "haw" }, /* Yes, "haw", not "cpe". */ + { "Hebrew", "he" }, + { "Hindi", "hi" }, + { "Hungarian", "hu" }, + { "Icelandic", "is" }, + { "Indonesian", "id" }, + { "Inuktitut", "iu" }, + { "Irish", "ga" }, + { "Italian", "it" }, + { "Japanese", "ja" }, + { "Javanese", "jv" }, + { "Kalaallisut", "kl" }, + { "Kannada", "kn" }, + { "Kashmiri", "ks" }, + { "Kazakh", "kk" }, + { "Khmer", "km" }, + { "Kinyarwanda", "rw" }, + { "Kirghiz", "ky" }, + { "Korean", "ko" }, + { "Kurdish", "ku" }, + { "Latin", "la" }, + { "Latvian", "lv" }, + { "Lithuanian", "lt" }, + { "Macedonian", "mk" }, + { "Malagasy", "mg" }, + { "Malay", "ms" }, + { "Malayalam", "ml" }, + { "Maltese", "mt" }, + { "Manx", "gv" }, + { "Marathi", "mr" }, + { "Moldavian", "mo" }, + { "Mongolian", "mn" }, + { "Nepali", "ne" }, + { "Norwegian", "nb" }, /* Yes, "nb", not the obsolete "no". */ + { "Nyanja", "ny" }, + { "Nynorsk", "nn" }, + { "Oriya", "or" }, + { "Oromo", "om" }, + { "Panjabi", "pa" }, + { "Pashto", "ps" }, + { "Persian", "fa" }, + { "Polish", "pl" }, + { "Portuguese", "pt" }, + { "Portuguese, Brazilian", "pt_BR" }, + { "Punjabi", "pa" }, + { "Pushto", "ps" }, + { "Quechua", "qu" }, + { "Romanian", "ro" }, + { "Ruanda", "rw" }, + { "Rundi", "rn" }, + { "Russian", "ru" }, + { "Sami", "se_NO" }, /* Not just "se". */ + { "Sanskrit", "sa" }, + { "Scottish", "gd" }, + { "Serbian", "sr" }, + { "Simplified Chinese", "zh_CN" }, + { "Sindhi", "sd" }, + { "Sinhalese", "si" }, + { "Slovak", "sk" }, + { "Slovenian", "sl" }, + { "Somali", "so" }, + { "Spanish", "es" }, + { "Sundanese", "su" }, + { "Swahili", "sw" }, + { "Swedish", "sv" }, + { "Tagalog", "tl" }, + { "Tajik", "tg" }, + { "Tajiki", "tg" }, + { "Tamil", "ta" }, + { "Tatar", "tt" }, + { "Telugu", "te" }, + { "Thai", "th" }, + { "Tibetan", "bo" }, + { "Tigrinya", "ti" }, + { "Tongan", "to" }, + { "Traditional Chinese", "zh_TW" }, + { "Turkish", "tr" }, + { "Turkmen", "tk" }, + { "Uighur", "ug" }, + { "Ukrainian", "uk" }, + { "Urdu", "ur" }, + { "Uzbek", "uz" }, + { "Vietnamese", "vi" }, + { "Welsh", "cy" }, + { "Yiddish", "yi" } + }; + + /* Convert new-style locale names with language tags (ISO 639 and ISO 15924) + to Unix (ISO 639 and ISO 3166) names. */ + typedef struct { const char langtag[7+1]; const char unixy[12+1]; } + langtag_entry; + static const langtag_entry langtag_table[] = { + /* MacOS X has "az-Arab", "az-Cyrl", "az-Latn". + The default script for az on Unix is Latin. */ + { "az-Latn", "az" }, + /* MacOS X has "ga-dots". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ + { "ga-dots", "ga" }, + /* MacOS X has "kk-Cyrl". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ + /* MacOS X has "mn-Cyrl", "mn-Mong". + The default script for mn on Unix is Cyrillic. */ + { "mn-Cyrl", "mn" }, + /* MacOS X has "ms-Arab", "ms-Latn". + The default script for ms on Unix is Latin. */ + { "ms-Latn", "ms" }, + /* MacOS X has "tg-Cyrl". + The default script for tg on Unix is Cyrillic. */ + { "tg-Cyrl", "tg" }, + /* MacOS X has "tk-Cyrl". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ + /* MacOS X has "tt-Cyrl". + The default script for tt on Unix is Cyrillic. */ + { "tt-Cyrl", "tt" }, + /* MacOS X has "zh-Hans", "zh-Hant". + Country codes are used to distinguish these on Unix. */ + { "zh-Hans", "zh_CN" }, + { "zh-Hant", "zh_TW" } + }; + + /* Convert script names (ISO 15924) to Unix conventions. + See http://www.unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-codes.html */ + typedef struct { const char script[4+1]; const char unixy[9+1]; } + script_entry; + static const script_entry script_table[] = { + { "Arab", "arabic" }, + { "Cyrl", "cyrillic" }, + { "Mong", "mongolian" } + }; + + /* Step 1: Convert using legacy_table. */ + if (name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z') + { + unsigned int i1, i2; + i1 = 0; + i2 = sizeof (legacy_table) / sizeof (legacy_entry); + while (i2 - i1 > 1) + { + /* At this point we know that if name occurs in legacy_table, + its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ + unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; + const legacy_entry *p = &legacy_table[i]; + if (strcmp (name, p->legacy) < 0) + i2 = i; + else + i1 = i; + } + if (strcmp (name, legacy_table[i1].legacy) == 0) + { + strcpy (name, legacy_table[i1].unixy); + return; + } + } + + /* Step 2: Convert using langtag_table and script_table. */ + if (strlen (name) == 7 && name[2] == '-') + { + unsigned int i1, i2; + i1 = 0; + i2 = sizeof (langtag_table) / sizeof (langtag_entry); + while (i2 - i1 > 1) + { + /* At this point we know that if name occurs in langtag_table, + its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ + unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; + const langtag_entry *p = &langtag_table[i]; + if (strcmp (name, p->langtag) < 0) + i2 = i; + else + i1 = i; + } + if (strcmp (name, langtag_table[i1].langtag) == 0) + { + strcpy (name, langtag_table[i1].unixy); + return; + } + + i1 = 0; + i2 = sizeof (script_table) / sizeof (script_entry); + while (i2 - i1 > 1) + { + /* At this point we know that if (name + 3) occurs in script_table, + its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ + unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; + const script_entry *p = &script_table[i]; + if (strcmp (name + 3, p->script) < 0) + i2 = i; + else + i1 = i; + } + if (strcmp (name + 3, script_table[i1].script) == 0) + { + name[2] = '@'; + strcpy (name + 3, script_table[i1].unixy); + return; + } + } + + /* Step 3: Convert new-style dash to Unix underscore. */ + { + char *p; + for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p++) + if (*p == '-') + *p = '_'; + } +} + +#endif + +/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: + "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current + setting of 'local'." + However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and + ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. + those using GNU C Library). */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) +# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +#endif + +/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() + should be used for codeset information instead. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ + +const char * +_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname) +{ + /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. + On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ +#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL + return setlocale (category, NULL); +#else + const char *retval; + + /* Setting of LC_ALL overrides all other. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + + return NULL; +#endif +} + +const char * +_nl_locale_name_default (void) +{ + /* POSIX:2001 says: + "All implementations shall define a locale as the default locale, to be + invoked when no environment variables are set, or set to the empty + string. This default locale can be the POSIX locale or any other + implementation-defined locale. Some implementations may provide + facilities for local installation administrators to set the default + locale, customizing it for each location. POSIX:2001 does not require + such a facility. */ + +#if !(HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE || defined(WIN32_NATIVE)) + + /* The system does not have a way of setting the locale, other than the + POSIX specified environment variables. We use C as default locale. */ + return "C"; + +#else + + /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. + Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this + context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single + codeset. */ + +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE + /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + { + /* Cache the locale name, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */ + static const char *cached_localename; + + if (cached_localename == NULL) + { + char namebuf[256]; +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT /* MacOS X 10.3 or newer */ + CFLocaleRef locale = CFLocaleCopyCurrent (); + CFStringRef name = CFLocaleGetIdentifier (locale); + + if (CFStringGetCString (name, namebuf, sizeof(namebuf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (namebuf); + cached_localename = strdup (namebuf); + } + CFRelease (locale); +# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + CFTypeRef value = + CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLocale"), + kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication); + if (value != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (value) == CFStringGetTypeID () + && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)value, namebuf, sizeof(namebuf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (namebuf); + cached_localename = strdup (namebuf); + } +# endif + if (cached_localename == NULL) + cached_localename = "C"; + } + return cached_localename; + } + +# endif + +# if defined(WIN32_NATIVE) /* WIN32, not Cygwin */ + { + LCID lcid; + LANGID langid; + int primary, sub; + + /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ + lcid = GetThreadLocale (); + + /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ + langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); + + /* Split into language and territory part. */ + primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); + sub = SUBLANGID (langid); + + /* Dispatch on language. + See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . + For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ + switch (primary) + { + case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; + case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; + case LANG_AMHARIC: return "am_ET"; + case LANG_ARABIC: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; + } + return "ar"; + case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; + case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; + case LANG_AZERI: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "az"; + case LANG_BASQUE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "eu_ES"; + } + return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ + case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; + case LANG_BENGALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA: return "bn_IN"; + case SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH: return "bn_BD"; + } + return "bn"; + case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; + case LANG_BURMESE: return "my_MM"; + case LANG_CAMBODIAN: return "km_KH"; + case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; + case LANG_CHEROKEE: return "chr_US"; + case LANG_CHINESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; + } + return "zh"; + case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian + * should really now be two separate + * languages because of political reasons. + * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian + * or Croatian.) + * (I can feel those flames coming already.) + */ + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_CS"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_CS@cyrillic"; + } + return "hr"; + case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; + case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; + case LANG_DIVEHI: return "dv_MV"; + case LANG_DUTCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; + case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; + } + return "nl"; + case LANG_EDO: return "bin_NG"; + case LANG_ENGLISH: + switch (sub) + { + /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought + * English was the language spoken in England. + * Oh well. + */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA: return "en_ID"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG: return "en_HK"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA: return "en_IN"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA: return "en_MY"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE: return "en_SG"; + } + return "en"; + case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; + case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; + case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; + case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; + case LANG_FRENCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES: return "fr"; /* Caribbean? */ + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION: return "fr_RE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO: return "fr_CG"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL: return "fr_SN"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON: return "fr_CM"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE: return "fr_CI"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI: return "fr_ML"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO: return "fr_MA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI: return "fr_HT"; + } + return "fr"; + case LANG_FRISIAN: return "fy_NL"; + case LANG_FULFULDE: + /* Spoken in Nigeria, Guinea, Senegal, Mali, Niger, Cameroon, Benin. */ + return "ff_NG"; + case LANG_GAELIC: + switch (sub) + { + case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; + case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; + } + return "C"; + case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; + case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; + case LANG_GERMAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; + } + return "de"; + case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; + case LANG_GUARANI: return "gn_PY"; + case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; + case LANG_HAUSA: return "ha_NG"; + case LANG_HAWAIIAN: + /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) + or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ + return "cpe_US"; + case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; + case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; + case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; + case LANG_IBIBIO: return "nic_NG"; + case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; + case LANG_IGBO: return "ig_NG"; + case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; + case LANG_INUKTITUT: return "iu_CA"; + case LANG_ITALIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; + } + return "it"; + case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; + case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; + case LANG_KANURI: return "kr_NG"; + case LANG_KASHMIRI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; + case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; + } + return "ks"; + case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; + case LANG_KONKANI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "kok_IN"; + case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; + case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; + case LANG_LAO: return "lo_LA"; + case LANG_LATIN: return "la_VA"; + case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; + case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; + case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; + case LANG_MALAY: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; + case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; + } + return "ms"; + case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; + case LANG_MALTESE: return "mt_MT"; + case LANG_MANIPURI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "mni_IN"; + case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; + case LANG_MONGOLIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "mn_MN"; + } + return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ + case LANG_NEPALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; + case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; + } + return "ne"; + case LANG_NORWEGIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "nb_NO"; + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; + } + return "no"; + case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; + case LANG_OROMO: return "om_ET"; + case LANG_PAPIAMENTU: return "pap_AN"; + case LANG_PASHTO: + return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ + case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; + case LANG_PORTUGUESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; + /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. + Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; + } + return "pt"; + case LANG_PUNJABI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA: return "pa_IN"; /* Gurmukhi script */ + case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN: return "pa_PK"; /* Arabic script */ + } + return "pa"; + case LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE: return "rm_CH"; + case LANG_ROMANIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA: return "ro_RO"; + case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA: return "ro_MD"; + } + return "ro"; + case LANG_RUSSIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ru_RU"; + } + return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA" or "ru_MD". */ + case LANG_SAAMI: /* actually Northern Sami */ return "se_NO"; + case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; + case LANG_SINDHI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA: return "sd_IN"; + case SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN: return "sd_PK"; + } + return "sd"; + case LANG_SINHALESE: return "si_LK"; + case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; + case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; + case LANG_SOMALI: return "so_SO"; + case LANG_SORBIAN: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "wen_DE"; + case LANG_SPANISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: + return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; + } + return "es"; + case LANG_SUTU: return "bnt_TZ"; /* or "st_LS" or "nso_ZA"? */ + case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; + case LANG_SWEDISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; + case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; + } + return "sv"; + case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ + case LANG_TAGALOG: return "tl_PH"; + case LANG_TAJIK: return "tg_TJ"; + case LANG_TAMAZIGHT: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Tamazight locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC: return "ber_MA@arabic"; + case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN: return "ber_MA@latin"; + } + return "ber_MA"; + case LANG_TAMIL: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ta_IN"; + } + return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ + case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; + case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; + case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; + case LANG_TIBETAN: return "bo_CN"; + case LANG_TIGRINYA: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA: return "ti_ET"; + case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA: return "ti_ER"; + } + return "ti"; + case LANG_TSONGA: return "ts_ZA"; + case LANG_TSWANA: return "tn_BW"; + case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; + case LANG_TURKMEN: return "tk_TM"; + case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; + case LANG_URDU: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; + case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; + } + return "ur"; + case LANG_UZBEK: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ"; + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "uz"; + case LANG_VENDA: return "ve_ZA"; + case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; + case LANG_WELSH: return "cy_GB"; + case LANG_XHOSA: return "xh_ZA"; + case LANG_YI: return "sit_CN"; + case LANG_YIDDISH: return "yi_IL"; + case LANG_YORUBA: return "yo_NG"; + case LANG_ZULU: return "zu_ZA"; + default: return "C"; + } + } +# endif +#endif +} + +const char * +_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname) +{ + const char *retval; + + retval = _nl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); + if (retval != NULL) + return retval; + + return _nl_locale_name_default (); +} diff --git a/intl/lock.c b/intl/lock.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a860459 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/lock.c @@ -0,0 +1,924 @@ +/* Locking in multithreaded situations. + Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. + Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h, + gthr-win32.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "lock.h" + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_POSIX_THREADS + +/* Use the POSIX threads library. */ + +# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD + +/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */ +static void * +dummy_thread_func (void *arg) +{ + return arg; +} + +int +glthread_in_use (void) +{ + static int tested; + static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */ + + if (!tested) + { + pthread_t thread; + + if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0) + /* Thread creation failed. */ + result = 0; + else + { + /* Thread creation works. */ + void *retval; + if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0) + abort (); + result = 1; + } + tested = 1; + } + return result; +} + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK + +# if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER + +void +glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 1; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + if (!lock->initialized) + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + } + if (pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + if (!lock->initialized) + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + } + if (pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 0; +} + +# endif + +# else + +void +glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->waiting_writers_count = 0; + lock->runcount = 0; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount + field will not overflow. */ + /* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread + acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are + writers blocked on the lock." Let's say, no: give the writers a higher + priority. */ + while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_readers. */ + if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + } + lock->runcount++; + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */ + while (!(lock->runcount == 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_writers. */ + lock->waiting_writers_count++; + if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + lock->waiting_writers_count--; + } + lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */ + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + if (lock->runcount < 0) + { + /* Drop a writer lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) + abort (); + lock->runcount = 0; + } + else + { + /* Drop a reader lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) + abort (); + lock->runcount--; + } + if (lock->runcount == 0) + { + /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read + locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */ + if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0) + { + /* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */ + if (pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0) + abort (); + } + else + { + /* Wake up all waiting readers. */ + if (pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0) + abort (); + } + } + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0) + abort (); +} + +# endif + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + +# if !(defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP) + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + pthread_mutexattr_t attributes; + + if (pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 1; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + if (!lock->initialized) + glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + } + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 0; +} + +# endif + +# else + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0; + lock->depth = 0; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + pthread_t self = pthread_self (); + if (lock->owner != self) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = self; + } + if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != pthread_self ()) + abort (); + if (lock->depth == 0) + abort (); + if (--(lock->depth) == 0) + { + lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0; + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; + +int +glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control) +{ + /* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point + type, a pointer type, or a structure type. */ + char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control; + if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once) + { + /* First time use of once_control. Invert the first byte. */ + *firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_PTH_THREADS + +/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_once_call (void *arg) +{ + void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg; + void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr; + initfunction (); +} + +int +glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control) +{ + /* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type. */ + if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT) + { + /* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */ + *once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS + +/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = (thread_t) 0; + lock->depth = 0; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + thread_t self = thr_self (); + if (lock->owner != self) + { + if (mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = self; + } + if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != thr_self ()) + abort (); + if (lock->depth == 0) + abort (); + if (--(lock->depth) == 0) + { + lock->owner = (thread_t) 0; + if (mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0) + abort (); + if (mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)) +{ + if (!once_control->inited) + { + /* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling + the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished. */ + if (mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + if (!once_control->inited) + { + once_control->inited = 1; + initfunction (); + } + if (mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + } +} + +int +glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control) +{ + /* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type. */ + if (!once_control->inited) + { + /* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */ + once_control->inited = ~ 0; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_WIN32_THREADS + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 1; +} + +void +glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_lock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 0; +} + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +static inline void +gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + wq->array = NULL; + wq->count = 0; + wq->alloc = 0; + wq->offset = 0; +} + +/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue. + Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs. */ +static HANDLE +gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + HANDLE event; + unsigned int index; + + if (wq->count == wq->alloc) + { + unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1; + HANDLE *new_array = + (HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE)); + if (new_array == NULL) + /* No more memory. */ + return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + /* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents + starts at offset 0. */ + if (wq->offset > 0) + { + unsigned int old_count = wq->count; + unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc; + unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset; + unsigned int i; + if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc) + { + unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc; + for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) + new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i]; + } + for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++) + new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i]; + wq->offset = 0; + } + wq->array = new_array; + wq->alloc = new_alloc; + } + event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL); + if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + /* No way to allocate an event. */ + return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + index = wq->offset + wq->count; + if (index >= wq->alloc) + index -= wq->alloc; + wq->array[index] = event; + wq->count++; + return event; +} + +/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it. */ +static inline void +gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]); + wq->offset++; + wq->count--; + if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc) + wq->offset = 0; +} + +/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all. */ +static inline void +gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++) + { + unsigned int index = wq->offset + i; + if (index >= wq->alloc) + index -= wq->alloc; + SetEvent (wq->array[index]); + } + wq->count = 0; + wq->offset = 0; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers); + gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers); + lock->runcount = 0; + lock->guard.done = 1; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount + field will not overflow. */ + if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_readers. */ + HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers); + if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + DWORD result; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Wait until another thread signals this event. */ + result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE); + if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) + abort (); + CloseHandle (event); + /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping: + removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount. */ + if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) + abort (); + return; + } + else + { + /* Allocation failure. Weird. */ + do + { + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + Sleep (1); + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + } + while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0)); + } + } + lock->runcount++; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_writers. */ + HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers); + if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + DWORD result; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Wait until another thread signals this event. */ + result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE); + if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) + abort (); + CloseHandle (event); + /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping: + removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) + abort (); + return; + } + else + { + /* Allocation failure. Weird. */ + do + { + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + Sleep (1); + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + } + while (!(lock->runcount == 0)); + } + } + lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */ + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + if (lock->runcount < 0) + { + /* Drop a writer lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) + abort (); + lock->runcount = 0; + } + else + { + /* Drop a reader lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) + abort (); + lock->runcount--; + } + if (lock->runcount == 0) + { + /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read + locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */ + if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0) + { + /* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */ + lock->runcount--; + gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers); + } + else + { + /* Wake up all waiting readers. */ + lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count; + gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers); + } + } + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + if (lock->runcount != 0) + abort (); + DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL) + free (lock->waiting_readers.array); + if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL) + free (lock->waiting_writers.array); + lock->guard.done = 0; +} + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + lock->owner = 0; + lock->depth = 0; + InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 1; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + { + DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId (); + if (lock->owner != self) + { + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->owner = self; + } + if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ + abort (); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ()) + abort (); + if (lock->depth == 0) + abort (); + if (--(lock->depth) == 0) + { + lock->owner = 0; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != 0) + abort (); + DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 0; +} + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)) +{ + if (once_control->inited <= 0) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0) + { + /* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control. */ + InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + once_control->inited = 0; + initfunction (); + once_control->inited = 1; + LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + } + else + { + /* Undo last operation. */ + InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started); + /* Some other thread has already started the initialization. + Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish + initializing and taking the lock. */ + while (once_control->inited < 0) + Sleep (0); + if (once_control->inited <= 0) + { + /* Take the lock. This blocks until the other thread has + finished calling the initfunction. */ + EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + if (!(once_control->inited > 0)) + abort (); + } + } + } +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ diff --git a/intl/lock.h b/intl/lock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be99139 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/lock.h @@ -0,0 +1,801 @@ +/* Locking in multithreaded situations. + Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. + Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h, + gthr-win32.h. */ + +/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library. + It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other + synchronization primitives. + + Normal (non-recursive) locks: + Type: gl_lock_t + Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name) + Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name) + Initialization: gl_lock_init (name); + Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name); + Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name); + De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name); + + Read-Write (non-recursive) locks: + Type: gl_rwlock_t + Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name) + Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name) + Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name); + Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name); + gl_rwlock_wrlock (name); + Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name); + De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name); + + Recursive locks: + Type: gl_recursive_lock_t + Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name) + Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name) + Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name); + Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name); + Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name); + De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name); + + Once-only execution: + Type: gl_once_t + Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name) + Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction); +*/ + + +#ifndef _LOCK_H +#define _LOCK_H + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_POSIX_THREADS + +/* Use the POSIX threads library. */ + +# include <pthread.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD + +/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */ +# define pthread_in_use() \ + glthread_in_use () +extern int glthread_in_use (void); + +# endif + +# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK + +/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */ + +/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts + of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want + every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes + that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is + loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and + then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl + will not be multithread-safe. */ + +/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test + whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is + non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in + PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct + call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the + address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */ + +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy +# pragma weak pthread_once +# pragma weak pthread_cond_init +# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait +# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal +# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast +# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy +# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init +# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype +# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy +# ifndef pthread_self +# pragma weak pthread_self +# endif + +# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD +# pragma weak pthread_cancel +# define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL) +# endif + +# else + +# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD +# define pthread_in_use() 1 +# endif + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort () +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK + +# ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER + +typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () + +# else + +typedef struct + { + int initialized; + pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */ + } + gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); + +# endif + +# else + +typedef struct + { + pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */ + pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */ + pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */ + unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */ + int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */ + } + gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 } +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); + +# endif + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + +# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP + +typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +# else +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP +# endif +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort () +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () + +# else + +typedef struct + { + pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */ + pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + int initialized; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +# endif + +# else + +/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks. + We have to implement them ourselves. */ + +typedef struct + { + pthread_mutex_t mutex; + pthread_t owner; + unsigned long depth; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + { \ + if (pthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) +extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control); + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_PTH_THREADS + +/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */ + +# include <pth.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK + +/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */ + +# pragma weak pth_mutex_init +# pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire +# pragma weak pth_mutex_release +# pragma weak pth_rwlock_init +# pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire +# pragma weak pth_rwlock_release +# pragma weak pth_once + +# pragma weak pth_cancel +# define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL) + +# else + +# define pth_in_use() 1 + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + PTH_MUTEX_INIT +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort () +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort () +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort () +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + (void)(&NAME) + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + PTH_RWLOCK_INIT +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_init (&NAME)) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL)) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL)) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_release (&NAME)) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + (void)(&NAME) + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */ +typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + PTH_MUTEX_INIT +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort () +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort () +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort () +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + (void)(&NAME) + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use ()) \ + { \ + void (*gl_once_temp) (void) = INITFUNCTION; \ + if (!pth_once (&NAME, glthread_once_call, &gl_once_temp)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_once_call (void *arg); +extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control); + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS + +/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */ + +# include <thread.h> +# include <synch.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK + +/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */ + +# pragma weak mutex_init +# pragma weak mutex_lock +# pragma weak mutex_unlock +# pragma weak mutex_destroy +# pragma weak rwlock_init +# pragma weak rw_rdlock +# pragma weak rw_wrlock +# pragma weak rw_unlock +# pragma weak rwlock_destroy +# pragma weak thr_self + +# pragma weak thr_suspend +# define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL) + +# else + +# define thread_in_use() 1 + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + DEFAULTMUTEX +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort () +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + DEFAULTRWLOCK +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && rw_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && rw_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && rw_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks. + We have to implement them ourselves. */ + +typedef struct + { + mutex_t mutex; + thread_t owner; + unsigned long depth; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef struct + { + volatile int inited; + mutex_t mutex; + } + gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX }; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use ()) \ + { \ + glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)); +extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control); + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_WIN32_THREADS + +# include <windows.h> + +/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex, + Semaphore types, because + - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space), + not inter-process locking, + - we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection + does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually + define their own mutex type.) */ + +/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs + to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */ + +typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t; + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef struct + { + gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; + } + gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + { { 0, -1 } } +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock); + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without + introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks. + Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */ + +typedef struct + { + HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */ + unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */ + unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */ + unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */ + } + gl_waitqueue_t; +typedef struct + { + gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */ + gl_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */ + gl_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */ + int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */ + } + gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + { { 0, -1 } } +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a + recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a + recursive lock without this assumption. */ + +typedef struct + { + gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + DWORD owner; + unsigned long depth; + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef struct + { + volatile int inited; + volatile long started; + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; + } + gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 }; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) +extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)); + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS) + +/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (NAME == 0) \ + { \ + NAME = ~ 0; \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#endif /* _LOCK_H */ diff --git a/intl/log.c b/intl/log.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3ab5d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/log.c @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* Log file output. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ +static void +print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str) +{ + putc ('"', stream); + for (; *str != '\0'; str++) + if (*str == '\n') + { + fputs ("\\n\"", stream); + if (str[1] == '\0') + return; + fputs ("\n\"", stream); + } + else + { + if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') + putc ('\\', stream); + putc (*str, stream); + } + putc ('"', stream); +} + +static char *last_logfilename = NULL; +static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) + +static inline void +_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) +{ + FILE *logfile; + + /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ + if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) + { + /* Close the last used logfile. */ + if (last_logfilename != NULL) + { + if (last_logfile != NULL) + { + fclose (last_logfile); + last_logfile = NULL; + } + free (last_logfilename); + last_logfilename = NULL; + } + /* Open the logfile. */ + last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); + if (last_logfilename == NULL) + return; + strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); + last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); + if (last_logfile == NULL) + return; + } + logfile = last_logfile; + + fprintf (logfile, "domain "); + print_escaped (logfile, domainname); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); + if (plural) + { + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); + } + else + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); + putc ('\n', logfile); +} + +/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ +void +_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) +{ + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + _nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); +} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a33529c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NGETTEXT __ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/os2compat.c b/intl/os2compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d041de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility functions. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#define OS2_AWARE +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ +extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); + +char * +_nl_getenv (const char *name) +{ + unsigned char *value; + if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) + return NULL; + else + return value; +} + +/* A fixed size buffer. */ +char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; + +char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; + +static __attribute__((constructor)) void +nlos2_initialize () +{ + char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); + char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); + + _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_libdir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; + } + + _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + } + + _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localedir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; + } + + if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) + strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); +} diff --git a/intl/os2compat.h b/intl/os2compat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a18d582 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility defines. + This file is intended to be included from config.h + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ +#ifndef OS2_AWARE + +#undef LIBDIR +#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir +extern char *_nlos2_libdir; + +#undef LOCALEDIR +#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir +extern char *_nlos2_localedir; + +#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH +#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath +extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; + +#endif + +#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP +#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 +#define strcasecmp stricmp +#define strncasecmp strnicmp + +/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ +#define getenv _nl_getenv + +/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ +#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) diff --git a/intl/osdep.c b/intl/osdep.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cc35c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/osdep.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* OS dependent parts of libintl. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#if defined __CYGWIN__ +# include "intl-exports.c" +#elif defined __EMX__ +# include "os2compat.c" +#else +/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ +typedef int dummy; +#endif diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.c b/intl/plural-exp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f518bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1)) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural + form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ +static const struct expression plvar = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = var, +}; +static const struct expression plone = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = num, + .val = + { + .num = 1 + } +}; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = +{ + .nargs = 2, + .operation = not_equal, + .val = + { + .args = + { + [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, + [1] = (struct expression *) &plone + } + } +}; + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() + +#else + +/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: + Initialization at run-time. */ + +static struct expression plvar; +static struct expression plone; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; + +static void +init_germanic_plural () +{ + if (plone.val.num == 0) + { + plvar.nargs = 0; + plvar.operation = var; + + plone.nargs = 0; + plone.operation = num; + plone.val.num = 1; + + GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; + } +} + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () + +#endif + +void +internal_function +EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) +{ + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *plural; + const char *nplurals; + + plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); + nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); + if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) + goto no_plural; + else + { + char *endp; + unsigned long int n; + struct parse_args args; + + /* First get the number. */ + nplurals += 9; + while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) + ++nplurals; + if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) + goto no_plural; +#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC + n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); +#else + for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) + n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); +#endif + if (nplurals == endp) + goto no_plural; + *npluralsp = n; + + /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the + scanner function we have to put the input string and the result + passed up from the parser into the same structure which address + is passed down to the parser. */ + plural += 7; + args.cp = plural; + if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) + goto no_plural; + *pluralp = args.res; + } + } + else + { + /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only + for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what + English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ + no_plural: + INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); + *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; + *npluralsp = 2; + } +} diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.h b/intl/plural-exp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc590d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H +#define _PLURAL_EXP_H + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + + +/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the + plural form. */ +struct expression +{ + int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ + enum operator + { + /* Without arguments: */ + var, /* The variable "n". */ + num, /* Decimal number. */ + /* Unary operators: */ + lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ + /* Binary operators: */ + mult, /* Multiplication. */ + divide, /* Division. */ + module, /* Modulo operation. */ + plus, /* Addition. */ + minus, /* Subtraction. */ + less_than, /* Comparison. */ + greater_than, /* Comparison. */ + less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ + not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ + land, /* Logical AND. */ + lor, /* Logical OR. */ + /* Ternary operators: */ + qmop /* Question mark operator. */ + } operation; + union + { + unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ + struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ + } val; +}; + +/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get + the result in a thread-safe way. */ +struct parse_args +{ + const char *cp; + struct expression *res; +}; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used + 1. in the GNU C Library library, + 2. in the GNU libintl library, + 3. in the GNU gettext tools. + The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for + binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, + 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, + 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names + must follow ANSI C and not start with __. + So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural +#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) +# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression +# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression +#endif + +extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) + internal_function; +extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg); +extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; +extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, + struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) + internal_function; + +#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE) +extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n); +#endif + +#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f73b40 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.c @@ -0,0 +1,1492 @@ +/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y + by GNU bison 1.35. */ + +#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ + +#define yyparse __gettextparse +#define yylex __gettextlex +#define yyerror __gettexterror +#define yylval __gettextlval +#define yychar __gettextchar +#define yydebug __gettextdebug +#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs +# define EQUOP2 257 +# define CMPOP2 258 +# define ADDOP2 259 +# define MULOP2 260 +# define NUMBER 261 + +#line 1 "plural.y" + +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us + to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in + bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. + This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg + +#line 51 "plural.y" +#ifndef YYSTYPE +typedef union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} yystype; +# define YYSTYPE yystype +# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 +#endif +#line 57 "plural.y" + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); +static void yyerror (const char *str); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (enum operator op) +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +#ifndef YYDEBUG +# define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif + + + +#define YYFINAL 27 +#define YYFLAG -32768 +#define YYNTBASE 16 + +/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) + +/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +static const char yytranslate[] = +{ + 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, + 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 11 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG +static const short yyprhs[] = +{ + 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, + 35, 37, 39 +}; +static const short yyrhs[] = +{ + 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, + 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, + 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, + 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, + 17, 15, 0 +}; + +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG +/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ +static const short yyrline[] = +{ + 0, 152, 160, 164, 168, 172, 176, 180, 184, 188, + 192, 196, 201 +}; +#endif + + +#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE + +/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */ +static const char *const yytname[] = +{ + "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", + "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", + "start", "exp", 0 +}; +#endif + +/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ +static const short yyr1[] = +{ + 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, + 17, 17, 17 +}; + +/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ +static const short yyr2[] = +{ + 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, + 1, 1, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE + doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an + error. */ +static const short yydefact[] = +{ + 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 +}; + +static const short yydefgoto[] = +{ + 25, 5 +}; + +static const short yypact[] = +{ + -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, + -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, + 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 +}; + +static const short yypgoto[] = +{ + -32768, -1 +}; + + +#define YYLAST 53 + + +static const short yytable[] = +{ + 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, + 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, + 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 27 +}; + +static const short yycheck[] = +{ + 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 0 +}; +#define YYPURE 1 + +/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ +#line 3 "bison.simple" + +/* Skeleton output parser for bison, + + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a + Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation + in version 1.24 of Bison. */ + +/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when + the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. + It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser + used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ + +/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid + infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local + variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. + There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to + define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON + USER NAME SPACE" below. */ + +#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) + +/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ + +# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# else +# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H) +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# else +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC + /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ +# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0) +# else +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# endif +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc +# define YYSTACK_FREE free +# endif +#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ + + +#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \ + && (! defined (__cplusplus) \ + || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) + +/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ +union yyalloc +{ + short yyss; + YYSTYPE yyvs; +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yyls; +# endif +}; + +/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ +# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) + +/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with + N elements. */ +# if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ + + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) +# else +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) +# endif + +/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do + not overlap. */ +# ifndef YYCOPY +# if 1 < __GNUC__ +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) +# else +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + do \ + { \ + register YYSIZE_T yyi; \ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ + (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ + } \ + while (0) +# endif +# endif + +/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The + local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of + elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the + stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next + stack. */ +# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ + YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ + Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ + yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \ + yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif + + +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__) +# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t) +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# endif +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) +# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int +#endif + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY -2 +#define YYEOF 0 +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily + to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) +#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ + { \ + yychar = (Token); \ + yylval = (Value); \ + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ + YYPOPSTACK; \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \ + YYERROR; \ + } \ +while (0) + +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + + +/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions + are run). + + When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the + first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend + its range to the last symbol. */ + +#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT +# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ + Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ + Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; +#endif + + +/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ + +#if YYPURE +# if YYLSP_NEEDED +# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) +# else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc) +# endif +# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ +# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) +# else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) +# endif +# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ +#else /* !YYPURE */ +# define YYLEX yylex () +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + + +/* Enable debugging if requested. */ +#if YYDEBUG + +# ifndef YYFPRINTF +# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYFPRINTF fprintf +# endif + +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + YYFPRINTF Args; \ +} while (0) +/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that + multiple parsers can coexist. */ +int yydebug; +#else /* !YYDEBUG */ +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) +#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ + +/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +# define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only + if the built-in stack extension method is used). + + Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if + SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) + evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ + +#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 +# undef YYMAXDEPTH +#endif + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + +# ifndef yystrlen +# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) +# define yystrlen strlen +# else +/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ +static YYSIZE_T +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +yystrlen (const char *yystr) +# else +yystrlen (yystr) + const char *yystr; +# endif +{ + register const char *yys = yystr; + + while (*yys++ != '\0') + continue; + + return yys - yystr - 1; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yystpcpy +# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE) +# define yystpcpy stpcpy +# else +/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in + YYDEST. */ +static char * +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) +# else +yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) + char *yydest; + const char *yysrc; +# endif +{ + register char *yyd = yydest; + register const char *yys = yysrc; + + while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') + continue; + + return yyd - 1; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#line 315 "bison.simple" + + +/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed + into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. + It should actually point to an object. + Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it + to the proper pointer type. */ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +# else +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +# endif +#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ + +/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +int yyparse (void *); +# else +int yyparse (void); +# endif +#endif + +/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser, + variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */ + +#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ +/* The lookahead symbol. */ \ +int yychar; \ + \ +/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \ +YYSTYPE yylval; \ + \ +/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \ +int yynerrs; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ +YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ + \ +/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \ +YYLTYPE yylloc; +#else +# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ +YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES +#endif + + +/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */ + +#if !YYPURE +YY_DECL_VARIABLES +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + +int +yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) + YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +{ + /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */ +#if YYPURE + YY_DECL_VARIABLES +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + + register int yystate; + register int yyn; + int yyresult; + /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ + int yyerrstatus; + /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ + int yychar1 = 0; + + /* Three stacks and their tools: + `yyss': related to states, + `yyvs': related to semantic values, + `yyls': related to locations. + + Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow + to reallocate them elsewhere. */ + + /* The state stack. */ + short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; + short *yyss = yyssa; + register short *yyssp; + + /* The semantic value stack. */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; + register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + /* The location stack. */ + YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; + YYLTYPE *yylsp; +#endif + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) +#else +# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) +#endif + + YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + + + /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the + action routines. */ + YYSTYPE yyval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yyloc; +#endif + + /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced + rule. */ + int yylen; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + + /* Initialize stack pointers. + Waste one element of value and location stack + so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. + The wasted elements are never initialized. */ + + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls; +#endif + goto yysetstate; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------. +| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | +`------------------------------------------------------------*/ + yynewstate: + /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. + */ + yyssp++; + + yysetstate: + *yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of + these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into + memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + short *yyss1 = yyss; + + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the + data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; + /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, + but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), + &yystacksize); + yyls = yyls1; +# else + yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yystacksize); +# endif + yyss = yyss1; + yyvs = yyvs1; + } +#else /* no yyoverflow */ +# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + goto yyoverflowlab; +# else + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) + goto yyoverflowlab; + yystacksize *= 2; + if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; + + { + short *yyss1 = yyss; + union yyalloc *yyptr = + (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); + if (! yyptr) + goto yyoverflowlab; + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls); +# endif +# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + if (yyss1 != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); + } +# endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; +#endif + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + YYABORT; + } + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); + + goto yybackup; + + +/*-----------. +| yybackup. | +`-----------*/ +yybackup: + +/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ +/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ +/* yyresume: */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF + or a valid token in external form. */ + + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ + + if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ + { + yychar1 = 0; + yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); + } + else + { + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + +#if YYDEBUG + /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables + which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ + if (yydebug) + { + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", + yychar, yytname[yychar1]); + /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise + meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ +# ifdef YYPRINT + YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); +# endif + YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n"); + } +#endif + } + + yyn += yychar1; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) + goto yydefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + + /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. + Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. + Positive => shift, yyn is new state. + New state is final state => don't bother to shift, + just return success. + 0, or most negative number => error. */ + + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", + yychar, yytname[yychar1])); + + /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ + if (yychar != YYEOF) + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error + status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) + yyerrstatus--; + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------. +| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | +`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +yydefault: + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + goto yyreduce; + + +/*-----------------------------. +| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | +`-----------------------------*/ +yyreduce: + /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + + /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: + `$$ = $1'. + + Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of + the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison + users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL + unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a + GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional + commands if for instance locations are ranges. */ + yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen]; + YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which + are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ + if (yydebug) + { + int yyi; + + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", + yyn, yyrline[yyn]); + + /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ + for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); + } +#endif + + switch (yyn) { + +case 1: +#line 153 "plural.y" +{ + if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; + } + break; +case 2: +#line 161 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 3: +#line 165 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 4: +#line 169 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 5: +#line 173 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 6: +#line 177 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 7: +#line 181 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 8: +#line 185 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 9: +#line 189 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 10: +#line 193 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); + } + break; +case 11: +#line 197 "plural.y" +{ + if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; + } + break; +case 12: +#line 202 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; + } + break; +} + +#line 705 "bison.simple" + + + yyvsp -= yylen; + yyssp -= yylen; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp -= yylen; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now"); + while (yyssp1 != yyssp) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + + *++yyvsp = yyval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yyloc; +#endif + + /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state + that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule + number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; + if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | +`------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab: + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + if (!yyerrstatus) + { + ++yynerrs; + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + + if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) + { + YYSIZE_T yysize = 0; + char *yymsg; + int yyx, yycount; + + yycount = 0; + /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in + YYCHECK. */ + for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) + yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++; + yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1; + yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); + yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize); + if (yymsg != 0) + { + char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected "); + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); + + if (yycount < 5) + { + yycount = 0; + for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); + yyx++) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) + { + const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or "; + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq); + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]); + yycount++; + } + } + yyerror (yymsg); + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); + } + else + yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted"); + } + else +#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ + yyerror ("parse error"); + } + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*--------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action | +`--------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab1: + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an + error, discard it. */ + + /* return failure if at end of input */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", + yychar, yytname[yychar1])); + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error + token. */ + + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ + + goto yyerrhandle; + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the | +| error token. | +`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrdefault: +#if 0 + /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens + should shift them. */ + + /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */ + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn) + goto yydefault; +#endif + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the | +| error token | +`---------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrpop: + if (yyssp == yyss) + YYABORT; + yyvsp--; + yystate = *--yyssp; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp--; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); + while (yyssp1 != yyssp) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + +/*--------------. +| yyerrhandle. | +`--------------*/ +yyerrhandle: + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrpop; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrpop; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, ")); + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-------------------------------------. +| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | +`-------------------------------------*/ +yyacceptlab: + yyresult = 0; + goto yyreturn; + +/*-----------------------------------. +| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | +`-----------------------------------*/ +yyabortlab: + yyresult = 1; + goto yyreturn; + +/*---------------------------------------------. +| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. | +`---------------------------------------------*/ +yyoverflowlab: + yyerror ("parser stack overflow"); + yyresult = 2; + /* Fall through. */ + +yyreturn: +#ifndef yyoverflow + if (yyss != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); +#endif + return yyresult; +} +#line 207 "plural.y" + + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (const char *str) +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45d68e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.y @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +%{ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us + to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in + bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. + This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg +%} +%pure_parser +%expect 7 + +%union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} + +%{ +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); +static void yyerror (const char *str); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (enum operator op) +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +%} + +/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the + precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. + There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. + Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single + token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ +%right '?' /* ? */ +%left '|' /* || */ +%left '&' /* && */ +%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ +%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ +%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ +%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ +%right '!' /* ! */ + +%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 +%token <num> NUMBER +%type <exp> exp + +%% + +start: exp + { + if ($1 == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; + } + ; + +exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); + } + | exp '|' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); + } + | exp '&' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); + } + | exp EQUOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp CMPOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp ADDOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp MULOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | '!' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); + } + | 'n' + { + $$ = new_exp_0 (var); + } + | NUMBER + { + if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + $$->val.num = $1; + } + | '(' exp ')' + { + $$ = $2; + } + ; + +%% + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (const char *str) +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/printf-args.c b/intl/printf-args.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47b73d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-args.c @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/* Decomposed printf argument list. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "printf-args.h" + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +int +printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a) +{ + size_t i; + argument *ap; + + for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++) + switch (ap->type) + { + case TYPE_SCHAR: + ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_UCHAR: + ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_SHORT: + ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_USHORT: + ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_INT: + ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int); + break; + case TYPE_UINT: + ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int); + break; + case TYPE_LONGINT: + ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int); + break; + case TYPE_ULONGINT: + ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int); + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int); + break; + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_DOUBLE: + ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double); + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_CHAR: + ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int); + break; +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: + /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by + default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32, + where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */ + ap->a.a_wide_char = + (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int) + ? va_arg (args, int) + : va_arg (args, wint_t)); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_STRING: + ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_string == NULL) + ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)"; + break; +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: + ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL) + { + static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] = + { + (wchar_t)'(', + (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L', + (wchar_t)')', + (wchar_t)0 + }; + ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string; + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_POINTER: + ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *); + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *); + break; +#endif + default: + /* Unknown type. */ + return -1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/intl/printf-args.h b/intl/printf-args.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..625b803 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-args.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* Decomposed printf argument list. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H +#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get wchar_t. */ +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +/* Get wint_t. */ +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + + +/* Argument types */ +typedef enum +{ + TYPE_NONE, + TYPE_SCHAR, + TYPE_UCHAR, + TYPE_SHORT, + TYPE_USHORT, + TYPE_INT, + TYPE_UINT, + TYPE_LONGINT, + TYPE_ULONGINT, +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + TYPE_LONGLONGINT, + TYPE_ULONGLONGINT, +#endif + TYPE_DOUBLE, +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + TYPE_LONGDOUBLE, +#endif + TYPE_CHAR, +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + TYPE_WIDE_CHAR, +#endif + TYPE_STRING, +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + TYPE_WIDE_STRING, +#endif + TYPE_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG +, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER +#endif +} arg_type; + +/* Polymorphic argument */ +typedef struct +{ + arg_type type; + union + { + signed char a_schar; + unsigned char a_uchar; + short a_short; + unsigned short a_ushort; + int a_int; + unsigned int a_uint; + long int a_longint; + unsigned long int a_ulongint; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + long long int a_longlongint; + unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint; +#endif + float a_float; + double a_double; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + long double a_longdouble; +#endif + int a_char; +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + wint_t a_wide_char; +#endif + const char* a_string; +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + const wchar_t* a_wide_string; +#endif + void* a_pointer; + signed char * a_count_schar_pointer; + short * a_count_short_pointer; + int * a_count_int_pointer; + long int * a_count_longint_pointer; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer; +#endif + } + a; +} +argument; + +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + argument *arg; +} +arguments; + + +/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */ diff --git a/intl/printf-parse.c b/intl/printf-parse.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20240e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings. + Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "wprintf-parse.h" +#else +# include "printf-parse.h" +#endif + +/* Get size_t, NULL. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get intmax_t. */ +#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* Checked size_t computations. */ +#include "xsize.h" + +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse +# define CHAR_T wchar_t +# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive +# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives +#else +# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse +# define CHAR_T char +# define DIRECTIVE char_directive +# define DIRECTIVES char_directives +#endif + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +int +PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a) +{ + const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */ + size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */ + size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */ + size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */ + size_t max_width_length = 0; + size_t max_precision_length = 0; + + d->count = 0; + d_allocated = 1; + d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); + if (d->dir == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + return -1; + + a->count = 0; + a_allocated = 0; + a->arg = NULL; + +#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \ + { \ + size_t n = (_index_); \ + if (n >= a_allocated) \ + { \ + size_t memory_size; \ + argument *memory; \ + \ + a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \ + if (a_allocated <= n) \ + a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \ + memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \ + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \ + goto error; \ + memory = (a->arg \ + ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \ + : malloc (memory_size)); \ + if (memory == NULL) \ + /* Out of memory. */ \ + goto error; \ + a->arg = memory; \ + } \ + while (a->count <= n) \ + a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \ + if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \ + a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \ + else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \ + /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \ + goto error; \ + } + + while (*cp != '\0') + { + CHAR_T c = *cp++; + if (c == '%') + { + size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE; + DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */ + + /* Initialize the next directive. */ + dp->dir_start = cp - 1; + dp->flags = 0; + dp->width_start = NULL; + dp->width_end = NULL; + dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE; + dp->precision_start = NULL; + dp->precision_end = NULL; + dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE; + dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ + goto error; + arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + + /* Read the flags. */ + for (;;) + { + if (*cp == '\'') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '-') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '+') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == ' ') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '#') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '0') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO; + cp++; + } + else + break; + } + + /* Parse the field width. */ + if (*cp == '*') + { + dp->width_start = cp; + cp++; + dp->width_end = cp; + if (max_width_length < 1) + max_width_length = 1; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ + goto error; + dp->width_arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT); + } + else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + size_t width_length; + + dp->width_start = cp; + for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) + ; + dp->width_end = cp; + width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; + if (max_width_length < width_length) + max_width_length = width_length; + } + + /* Parse the precision. */ + if (*cp == '.') + { + cp++; + if (*cp == '*') + { + dp->precision_start = cp - 1; + cp++; + dp->precision_end = cp; + if (max_precision_length < 2) + max_precision_length = 2; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory + later. */ + goto error; + dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT); + } + else + { + size_t precision_length; + + dp->precision_start = cp - 1; + for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) + ; + dp->precision_end = cp; + precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; + if (max_precision_length < precision_length) + max_precision_length = precision_length; + } + } + + { + arg_type type; + + /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */ + { + int flags = 0; + + for (;;) + { + if (*cp == 'h') + { + flags |= (1 << (flags & 1)); + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'L') + { + flags |= 4; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'l') + { + flags += 8; + cp++; + } +#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T + else if (*cp == 'j') + { + if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* intmax_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* intmax_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } +#endif + else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z') + { + /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z' + because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands + only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */ + if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* size_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* size_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 't') + { + if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* ptrdiff_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* ptrdiff_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else + break; + } + + /* Read the conversion character. */ + c = *cp++; + switch (c) + { + case 'd': case 'i': +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT; + else +#endif + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_LONGINT; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_SCHAR; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_SHORT; + else + type = TYPE_INT; + break; + case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT; + else +#endif + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_ULONGINT; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_UCHAR; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_USHORT; + else + type = TYPE_UINT; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + case 'a': case 'A': +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE; + else +#endif + type = TYPE_DOUBLE; + break; + case 'c': + if (flags >= 8) +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; +#else + goto error; +#endif + else + type = TYPE_CHAR; + break; +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + case 'C': + type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; + c = 'c'; + break; +#endif + case 's': + if (flags >= 8) +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; +#else + goto error; +#endif + else + type = TYPE_STRING; + break; +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + case 'S': + type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; + c = 's'; + break; +#endif + case 'p': + type = TYPE_POINTER; + break; + case 'n': +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER; + else +#endif + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER; + else + type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER; + break; + case '%': + type = TYPE_NONE; + break; + default: + /* Unknown conversion character. */ + goto error; + } + } + + if (type != TYPE_NONE) + { + dp->arg_index = arg_index; + if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type); + } + dp->conversion = c; + dp->dir_end = cp; + } + + d->count++; + if (d->count >= d_allocated) + { + size_t memory_size; + DIRECTIVE *memory; + + d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2); + memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto error; + memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size); + if (memory == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto error; + d->dir = memory; + } + } + } + d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp; + + d->max_width_length = max_width_length; + d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length; + return 0; + +error: + if (a->arg) + free (a->arg); + if (d->dir) + free (d->dir); + return -1; +} + +#undef DIRECTIVES +#undef DIRECTIVE +#undef CHAR_T +#undef PRINTF_PARSE diff --git a/intl/printf-parse.h b/intl/printf-parse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e785338 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-parse.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Parse printf format string. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H +#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H + +#include "printf-args.h" + + +/* Flags */ +#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ +#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ +#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ +#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ +#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ +#define FLAG_ZERO 32 + +/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ +#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const char* dir_start; + const char* dir_end; + int flags; + const char* width_start; + const char* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const char* precision_start; + const char* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +char_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + char_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; +} +char_directives; + + +/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills + in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start + to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the + arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */ diff --git a/intl/printf.c b/intl/printf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..275968b --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf.c @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we + don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ +#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +#define STATIC static + +/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */ +#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__ +/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). + This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin, + mingw does not have a function __printf__. */ +# define libintl_printf __printf__ +#endif + +/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */ +#include "printf-args.c" + +/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */ +#include "printf-parse.c" + +/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ +#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf +#include "vasnprintf.c" +#if 0 /* not needed */ +#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf +#include "asnprintf.c" +#endif + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) + return vfprintf (stream, format, args); + else + { + size_t length; + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); + int retval = -1; + if (result != NULL) + { + if (fwrite (result, 1, length, stream) == length) + retval = length; + free (result); + } + return retval; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args) +{ + return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args); +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_printf (const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) + return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); + else + { + size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char)); + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); + if (result != resultbuf) + { + free (result); + return -1; + } + else + return length; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#if HAVE_SNPRINTF + +# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF + /* Windows. */ +# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf +# endif + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) + return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + else + { + size_t maxlength = length; + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); + if (result != resultbuf) + { + if (maxlength > 0) + { + if (length < maxlength) + abort (); + memcpy (resultbuf, result, maxlength - 1); + resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = '\0'; + } + free (result); + return -1; + } + else + return length; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#endif + +#if HAVE_ASPRINTF + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + size_t length; + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); + if (result == NULL) + return -1; + *resultp = result; + return length; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#endif + +#if HAVE_FWPRINTF + +#include <wchar.h> + +#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1 + +/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */ +#include "printf-parse.c" + +/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ +#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf +#include "vasnprintf.c" +#if 0 /* not needed */ +#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf +#include "asnprintf.c" +#endif + +# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF + /* Windows. */ +# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define system_vswprintf vswprintf +# endif + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) +{ + if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) + return vfwprintf (stream, format, args); + else + { + size_t length; + wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); + int retval = -1; + if (result != NULL) + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF) + break; + if (i == length) + retval = length; + free (result); + } + return retval; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args) +{ + return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args); +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) +{ + if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) + return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + else + { + size_t maxlength = length; + wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); + if (result != resultbuf) + { + if (maxlength > 0) + { + if (length < maxlength) + abort (); + memcpy (resultbuf, result, (maxlength - 1) * sizeof (wchar_t)); + resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = 0; + } + free (result); + return -1; + } + else + return length; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3678c28 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-add.sin @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + ta + :a + s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / + tb + s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / + :b + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c12d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-del.sin @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + s/ @PACKAGE@ / / + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/relocatable.c b/intl/relocatable.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cc8daf --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.c @@ -0,0 +1,470 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + + +/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "relocatable.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC +# define xmalloc malloc +#else +# include "xalloc.h" +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +#endif + +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET +# include <libcharset.h> +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> +#endif + +/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ +#undef bool +#undef false +#undef true +#define bool int +#define false 0 +#define true 1 + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 +#endif + +/* Original installation prefix. */ +static char *orig_prefix; +static size_t orig_prefix_len; +/* Current installation prefix. */ +static char *curr_prefix; +static size_t curr_prefix_len; +/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated + to them must start with a slash. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +static void +set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, + const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL + /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the + relocation is a nop. */ + && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) + { + /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ + char *memory; + + orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); + curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); + memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (memory != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); + orig_prefix = memory; + memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; + memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); + curr_prefix = memory; + return; + } + } + orig_prefix = NULL; + curr_prefix = NULL; + /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only + called once. */ +} + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +void +set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); + + /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET + libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 + libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +} + +#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR) + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBRARY +#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix +static +#endif +const char * +compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname) +{ + const char *curr_installdir; + const char *rel_installdir; + + if (curr_pathname == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. + This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and + orig_installdir. */ + if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) + != 0) + /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ + return NULL; + rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); + + /* Determine the current installation directory. */ + { + const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); + const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); + char *q; + + while (p > p_base) + { + p--; + if (ISSLASH (*p)) + break; + } + + q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (q == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); + q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; + curr_installdir = q; + } + + /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing + rel_installdir from it. */ + { + const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); + const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); + const char *cp_base = + curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); + + while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) + { + bool same = false; + const char *rpi = rp; + const char *cpi = cp; + + while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) + { + rpi--; + cpi--; + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) + { + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) + same = true; + break; + } + /* Do case-insensitive comparison if the filesystem is always or + often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison + if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ + if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) + != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) + break; +#else + if (*rpi != *cpi) + break; +#endif + } + if (!same) + break; + /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point + to the slash before it. */ + rp = rpi; + cp = cpi; + } + + if (rp > rel_installdir) + /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ + return NULL; + + { + size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; + char *curr_prefix; + + curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (curr_prefix == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); + curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; + + return curr_prefix; + } + } +} + +#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */ + +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + +/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ +static char *shared_library_fullname; + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ + +/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ + +BOOL WINAPI +DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) +{ + (void) reserved; + + if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) + { + /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ + static char location[MAX_PATH]; + + if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + { +#if defined __CYGWIN__ + /* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls + to the Unix-like slashified notation. */ + static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH]; + /* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path. + See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html. + Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it + truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */ + cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path); + location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0'; + if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1) + /* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */ + return FALSE; + shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path); +#else + shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); +#endif + } + } + + return TRUE; +} + +#else /* Unix except Cygwin */ + +static void +find_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 + /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */ + FILE *fp; + + /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ + fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); + if (fp) + { + unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; + for (;;) + { + unsigned long start, end; + int c; + + if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) + break; + if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) + { + /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') + continue; + if (c == '/') + { + size_t size; + int len; + + ungetc (c, fp); + shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; + len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); + if (len >= 0) + { + /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ + if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') + shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; + } + } + break; + } + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') + continue; + } + fclose (fp); + } +#endif +} + +#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */ + +/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. + Return NULL if unknown. + Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */ +static char * +get_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__) + static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; + if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) + { + find_shared_library_fullname (); + tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; + } +#endif + return shared_library_fullname; +} + +#endif /* PIC */ + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +const char * +relocate (const char *pathname) +{ +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + static int initialized; + + /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ + if (!initialized) + { + /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been + set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir + function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has + initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do + better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed + in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) + to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from + orig_prefix. */ + const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; + const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; + const char *curr_prefix_better; + + curr_prefix_better = + compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, + get_shared_library_fullname ()); + if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) + curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; + + set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); + + initialized = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, + even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was + typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came + from. */ + if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL + && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) + { + if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') + /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ + return curr_prefix; + if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) + { + /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ + const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; + char *result = + (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (result != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); + strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); + return result; + } + } + } + /* Nothing to relocate. */ + return pathname; +} + +#endif diff --git a/intl/relocatable.h b/intl/relocatable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6d3832 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H +#define _RELOCATABLE_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) + in any case. */ +#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void + set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); + +/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct + a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls + relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname); + +#else + +/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ +#define relocate(pathname) (pathname) + +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c316460 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/textdomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Name of the default text domain. */ +extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; + +/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +char * +TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname) +{ + char *new_domain; + char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) + { + _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + } + else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) + /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some + environment variable changed. */ + new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + new_domain = strdup (domainname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); + if (new_domain != NULL) + memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); +#endif + + if (new_domain != NULL) + _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + + /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs + since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we + to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ + if (new_domain != NULL) + { + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + free (old_domain); + } + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + + return new_domain; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); +#endif diff --git a/intl/vasnprintf.c b/intl/vasnprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cef29a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/vasnprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,904 @@ +/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif +#ifndef IN_LIBINTL +# include <alloca.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "vasnwprintf.h" +#else +# include "vasnprintf.h" +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */ +#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */ +#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */ +#include <errno.h> /* errno */ +#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT, INT_MAX */ +#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */ +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "wprintf-parse.h" +#else +# include "printf-parse.h" +#endif + +/* Checked size_t computations. */ +#include "xsize.h" + +/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */ +#ifndef EOVERFLOW +# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T +# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN +# define local_wcslen wcslen +# else + /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid + a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute. + Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included + twice in the same compilation unit. */ +# ifndef local_wcslen_defined +# define local_wcslen_defined 1 +static size_t +local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s) +{ + const wchar_t *ptr; + + for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++) + ; + return ptr - s; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf +# define CHAR_T wchar_t +# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive +# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives +# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse +# define USE_SNPRINTF 1 +# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF + /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than + on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */ +# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define SNPRINTF swprintf +# endif +#else +# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf +# define CHAR_T char +# define DIRECTIVE char_directive +# define DIRECTIVES char_directives +# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse +# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) +# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF + /* Windows. */ +# define SNPRINTF _snprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define SNPRINTF snprintf +# endif +#endif + +CHAR_T * +VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args) +{ + DIRECTIVES d; + arguments a; + + if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + +#define CLEANUP() \ + free (d.dir); \ + if (a.arg) \ + free (a.arg); + + if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0) + { + CLEANUP (); + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + { + size_t buf_neededlength; + CHAR_T *buf; + CHAR_T *buf_malloced; + const CHAR_T *cp; + size_t i; + DIRECTIVE *dp; + /* Output string accumulator. */ + CHAR_T *result; + size_t allocated; + size_t length; + + /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to + sprintf or snprintf. */ + buf_neededlength = + xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6); +#if HAVE_ALLOCA + if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T)) + { + buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T)); + buf_malloced = NULL; + } + else +#endif + { + size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T)); + if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize)) + goto out_of_memory_1; + buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize); + if (buf == NULL) + goto out_of_memory_1; + buf_malloced = buf; + } + + if (resultbuf != NULL) + { + result = resultbuf; + allocated = *lengthp; + } + else + { + result = NULL; + allocated = 0; + } + length = 0; + /* Invariants: + result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated. + If length > 0, then result != NULL. */ + + /* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to + out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */ +#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \ + if ((needed) > allocated) \ + { \ + size_t memory_size; \ + CHAR_T *memory; \ + \ + allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \ + if ((needed) > allocated) \ + allocated = (needed); \ + memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T)); \ + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \ + memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \ + else \ + memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \ + if (memory == NULL) \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \ + memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T)); \ + result = memory; \ + } + + for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++) + { + if (cp != dp->dir_start) + { + size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp; + size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); + memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); + length = augmented_length; + } + if (i == d.count) + break; + + /* Execute a single directive. */ + if (dp->conversion == '%') + { + size_t augmented_length; + + if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)) + abort (); + augmented_length = xsum (length, 1); + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); + result[length] = '%'; + length = augmented_length; + } + else + { + if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE)) + abort (); + + if (dp->conversion == 'n') + { + switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type) + { + case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length; + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length; + break; +#endif + default: + abort (); + } + } + else + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + CHAR_T *p; + unsigned int prefix_count; + int prefixes[2]; +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + size_t tmp_length; + CHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + CHAR_T *tmp; + + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling + sprintf. */ + { + size_t width; + size_t precision; + + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg); + } + else + { + const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + } + + precision = 6; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg); + } + else + { + const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + } + } + + switch (dp->conversion) + { + + case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': +# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length); + /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); + break; + + case 'o': +# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); + break; + + case 'x': case 'X': +# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2); + break; + + case 'f': case 'F': +# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ + else +# endif + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); + break; + + case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + case 'a': case 'A': + tmp_length = + 12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); + break; + + case 'c': +# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR) + tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX; + else +# endif + tmp_length = 1; + break; + + case 's': +# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING) + { + tmp_length = + local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string); + +# if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX); +# endif + } + else +# endif + tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string); + break; + + case 'p': + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 2; /* account for leading 0x */ + break; + + default: + abort (); + } + + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + } + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } +#endif + + /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or + sprintf. */ + p = buf; + *p++ = '%'; + if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP) + *p++ = '\''; + if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT) + *p++ = '-'; + if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT) + *p++ = '#'; + if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO) + *p++ = '0'; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; + memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); + p += n; + } + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; + memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); + p += n; + } + + switch (type) + { +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + *p++ = 'l'; + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ +#endif + case TYPE_LONGINT: + case TYPE_ULONGINT: +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: +#endif + *p++ = 'l'; + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + *p++ = 'L'; + break; +#endif + default: + break; + } + *p = dp->conversion; +#if USE_SNPRINTF + p[1] = '%'; + p[2] = 'n'; + p[3] = '\0'; +#else + p[1] = '\0'; +#endif + + /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */ + prefix_count = 0; + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + } + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count + via %n. */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); + result[length] = '\0'; +#endif + + for (;;) + { + size_t maxlen; + int count; + int retcount; + + maxlen = allocated - length; + count = -1; + retcount = 0; + +#if USE_SNPRINTF +# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ + switch (prefix_count) \ + { \ + case 0: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ + arg, &count); \ + break; \ + case 1: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ + prefixes[0], arg, &count); \ + break; \ + case 2: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ + prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \ + &count); \ + break; \ + default: \ + abort (); \ + } +#else +# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ + switch (prefix_count) \ + { \ + case 0: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \ + break; \ + case 1: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \ + break; \ + case 2: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\ + arg); \ + break; \ + default: \ + abort (); \ + } +#endif + + switch (type) + { + case TYPE_SCHAR: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_UCHAR: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_SHORT: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_USHORT: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_INT: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_UINT: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_LONGINT: + { + long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_ULONGINT: + { + unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + { + long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + { + unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_DOUBLE: + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_CHAR: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: + { + wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_STRING: + { + const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: + { + const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_POINTER: + { + void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + default: + abort (); + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf() + are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of + bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have + produced. */ + if (count >= 0) + { + /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its + result. */ + if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0') + abort (); + /* Portability hack. */ + if (retcount > count) + count = retcount; + } + else + { + /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n' + directive. */ + if (p[1] != '\0') + { + /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look + at the snprintf() return value. */ + p[1] = '\0'; + continue; + } + else + { + /* Look at the snprintf() return value. */ + if (retcount < 0) + { + /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient: + It doesn't understand the '%n' directive, + *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length + that would have been required) when the + buffer is too small. */ + size_t bigger_need = + xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12); + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need); + continue; + } + else + count = retcount; + } + } +#endif + + /* Attempt to handle failure. */ + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); +#endif + + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count >= maxlen) + { + /* Need at least count bytes. But allocate + proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if + snprintf() reports a too small count. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2)); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); +#if USE_SNPRINTF + continue; +#endif + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* The snprintf() result did fit. */ +#else + /* Append the sprintf() result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T)); + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); +#endif + + length += count; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Add the final NUL. */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); + result[length] = '\0'; + + if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated) + { + /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */ + CHAR_T *memory; + + memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T)); + if (memory != NULL) + result = memory; + } + + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + *lengthp = length; + if (length > INT_MAX) + goto length_overflow; + return result; + + length_overflow: + /* We could produce such a big string, but its length doesn't fit into + an 'int'. POSIX says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in + this case. */ + if (result != resultbuf) + free (result); + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return NULL; + + out_of_memory: + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + out_of_memory_1: + CLEANUP (); + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } +} + +#undef SNPRINTF +#undef USE_SNPRINTF +#undef PRINTF_PARSE +#undef DIRECTIVES +#undef DIRECTIVE +#undef CHAR_T +#undef VASNPRINTF diff --git a/intl/vasnprintf.h b/intl/vasnprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e67b88d --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/vasnprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H +#define _VASNPRINTF_H + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +#ifndef __attribute__ +/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ +# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ +# endif +/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes + are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) +# define __format__ format +# define __printf__ printf +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). + You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its + size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. + If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF + if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the + number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set + errno and return NULL. + + When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left + alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use + a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this: + + char buf[100]; + size_t len = sizeof (buf); + char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args); + if (output == NULL) + ... error handling ...; + else + { + ... use the output string ...; + if (output != buf) + free (output); + } + */ +extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); +extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0))); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/intl/vasnwprintf.h b/intl/vasnwprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ff03ce --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/vasnwprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H +#define _VASNWPRINTF_H + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). + You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its + size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. + If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF + if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the + number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set + errno and return NULL. */ +extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...); +extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/intl/version.c b/intl/version.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a968cf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/version.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* libintl library version. + Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "libgnuintl.h" + +/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */ +int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION; diff --git a/intl/wprintf-parse.h b/intl/wprintf-parse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..600b89a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/wprintf-parse.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Parse printf format string. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H +#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H + +#include "printf-args.h" + + +/* Flags */ +#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ +#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ +#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ +#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ +#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ +#define FLAG_ZERO 32 + +/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ +#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const wchar_t* dir_start; + const wchar_t* dir_end; + int flags; + const wchar_t* width_start; + const wchar_t* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const wchar_t* precision_start; + const wchar_t* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +wchar_t_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + wchar_t_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; +} +wchar_t_directives; + + +/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills + in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start + to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the + arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */ diff --git a/intl/xsize.h b/intl/xsize.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3023a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/xsize.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations. + + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _XSIZE_H +#define _XSIZE_H + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get SIZE_MAX. */ +#include <limits.h> +#if HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of + type size_t. Example: + void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size). + These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc() + returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then + crashes while attempting to fill the memory. + To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow. + The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow. + malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc + implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p() + or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc(). + The example thus becomes: + size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size)); + void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL); +*/ + +/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */ +#define xcast_size_t(N) \ + ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX) + +/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2) +{ + size_t sum = size1 + size2; + return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX); +} + +/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3) +{ + return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3); +} + +/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4) +{ + return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4); +} + +/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2) +{ + /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n: + max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */ + return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2); +} + +/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check. + The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0. + This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even + when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */ +#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \ + ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX) + +/* Check for overflow. */ +#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \ + ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX) +/* Check against overflow. */ +#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \ + ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX) + +#endif /* _XSIZE_H */ |